Mitsubishi PUMY-P100VHMB, PUMY-P100VHMBR1, PUMY-P100VHMBR2, PUMY-P125VHMB, PUMY-P125VHMBR1 Service Manual

...
SPLIT-TYPE, HEAT PUMP AIR CONDITIONERS
TECHNICAL & SERVICE MANUAL
September 2010
No. OCH446
REVISED EDITION-B
HFC
utilized
R410A
[Model name] <Outdoor unit>
PUMY-P100VHMB PUMY-P125VHMB PUMY-P140VHMB PUMY-P100VHMB-BS PUMY-P125VHMB-BS PUMY-P140VHMB-BS PUMY-P100YHMB PUMY-P125YHMB PUMY-P140YHMB PUMY-P100YHMB-BS PUMY-P125YHMB-BS PUMY-P140YHMB-BS
[Service Ref.] PUMY-P100VHMB PUMY-P100VHMBR1 PUMY-P100VHMBR2
PUMY-P125VHMB PUMY-P125VHMBR1 PUMY-P125VHMBR2 PUMY-P140VHMB PUMY-P140VHMBR1 PUMY-P140VHMBR2 PUMY-P100VHMB-BS PUMY-P100VHMBR1-BS PUMY-P100VHMBR2-BS PUMY-P125VHMB-BS PUMY-P125VHMBR1-BS PUMY-P125VHMBR2-BS PUMY-P140VHMB-BS PUMY-P140VHMBR1-BS PUMY-P140VHMBR2-BS PUMY-P100YHMB PUMY-P100YHMBR1 PUMY-P100YHMBR2 PUMY-P125YHMB PUMY-P125YHMBR1 PUMY-P125YHMBR2 PUMY-P140YHMB PUMY-P140YHMBR1 PUMY-P140YHMBR2 PUMY-P100YHMB-BS PUMY-P100YHMBR1-BS PUMY-P100YHMBR2-BS PUMY-P125YHMB-BS PUMY-P125YHMBR1-BS PUMY-P125YHMBR2-BS PUMY-P140YHMB-BS PUMY-P140YHMBR1-BS PUMY-P140YHMBR2-BS
CONTENTS
......................................
....................................
......................................
.............................................
......................
.........................................
.....
....................................
....................................
.....................
.......................
2
6
8
10 26 27
29
39
84
87
91
OUTDOOR UNIT
Model name indication
1. TECHNICAL CHANGE
2. SAFETY PRECAUTION
3. OVERVIEW OF UNITS
4. SPECIFICATIONS
5. DATA
6. OUTLINES AND DIMENSIONS
7. WIRING DIAGRAM
8.
9. TROUBLESHOOTING
10. ELECTRICAL WIRING
11. REFRIGERANT PIPING TASKS
12. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
................................................................
NECESSARY CONDITIONS FOR SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION
PARTS CATALOG (OCB446)
Revision :
· PUMY-P100, 125, 140V/YHMBR2(-BS) are added in REVISED EDITION-B.
· Some descriptions have been modified.
· Please void OCH446 REVISED EDITION-A.
NOTE :
· This service manual describes technical data of outdoor unit. As for indoor units, refer to its service manual.
· RoHS compliant products have <G> mark on spec name plate.
· For servicing of RoHS compliant products, refer to RoHS PARTS LIST.
1 TECHNICAL CHANGE
PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
• THERMISTOR has been changed. (Discharge thermistor Compressor thermistor)
• COMPRESSOR has been changed.
PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS)
PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS)
PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS)
• OUTDOOR CONTROLLER BOARD (C.B) has been changed. (Corresponding to the additional combination of PEFY-P·VMA-E.)
2
2 SAFETY PRECAUTION
2-1. CAUTIONS RELATED TO NEW REFRIGERANT
Cautions for units utilizing refrigerant R410A
Use new refrigerant pipes.
Avoid using thin pipes.
Make sure that the inside and outside of refrige­rant piping is clean and it has no contaminants such as sulfur, oxides, dirt, shaving particles, etc, which are hazard to refrigerant cycle. In addition, use pipes with specified thickness.
Contamination inside refrigerant piping can cause deterio­ration of refrigerant oil etc.
Store the piping to be used indoors during installation, and both ends of the piping sealed until just before brazing. (Leave elbow joints, etc. in their packaging.)
If dirt, dust or moisture enters into refrigerant cycle, that can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil or malfunction of com­pressor.
The refrigerant oil applied to flare and flange connections must be ester oil, ether oil or alkylbenzene oil in a small amount.
If large amount of mineral oil enters, that can cause deterio­ration of refrigerant oil etc.
Charge refrigerant from liquid phase of gas cylinder.
If the refrigerant is charged from gas phase, composition change may occur in refrigerant and the efficiency will be lowered.
Do not use refrigerant other than R410A.
If other refrigerant (R22 etc.) is used, chlorine in refrige­rant can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil etc.
Use a vacuum pump with a reverse flow check valve.
Vacuum pump oil may flow back into refrigerant cycle and that can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil etc.
Use the following tools specifically designed for use with R410A refrigerant.
The following tools are necessary to use R410A refrigerant.
Tools for R410A Gauge manifold Charge hose
Gas leak detector
Torque wrench
Flare tool Size adjustment gauge Vacuum pump adaptor
Electronic refrigerant charging scale
Handle tools with care.
If dirt, dust or moisture enters into refrigerant cycle, that can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil or malfunction of com­pressor.
Do not use a charging cylinder.
If a charging cylinder is used, the composition of refrigera­nt will change and the efficiency will be lowered.
Ventilate the room if refrigerant leaks during operation. If refrigerant comes into contact with a flame, poisonous gases will be released.
3
[1] Cautions for service
(1) Perform service after recovering the refrigerant left in unit completely. (2) Do not release refrigerant in the air. (3) After completing service, charge the cycle with specified amount of refrigerant. (4) When performing service, install a filter drier simultaneously.
Be sure to use a filter drier for new refrigerant.
[2] Additional refrigerant charge
When charging directly from cylinder
· Check that cylinder for R410A on the market is syphon type.
· Charging should be performed with the cylinder of syphon stood vertically. (Refrigerant is charged from liquid phase.)
Unit
Gravimeter
[3] Service tools
Use the below service tools as exclusive tools for R410A refrigerant.
No.
Gauge manifold · Only for R410A
1
Charge hose · Only for R410A
2
Electronic scale
3
Gas leak detector · Use the detector for R134a, R407C or R410A.
4
Adaptor for reverse flow check · Attach on vacuum pump.
5
Refrigerant charge base
6
Refrigerant cylinder · Only for R410A · Top of cylinder (Pink)
7
Refrigerant recovery equipment
8
Tool name Specifications
· Use the existing fitting
· Use high-tension side pressure of 5.3MPa·G or over.
· Use pressure performance of 5.09MPa·G or over.
· Cylinder with syphon
specifications
. (UNF1/2)
2-2. PRECAUTIONS FOR SALT PROOF TYPE "-BS" MODEL
Although "-BS" model has been designed to be resistant to salt damage, observe the following precautions to maintain the performance of the unit.
1. Avoid installing the unit in a location where it will be exposed directly to seawater or sea breeze.
2. If the cover panel may become covered with salt, be sure to install the unit in a location where the salt will be washed away by rainwater. (If a sunshade is installed, rainwater may not clean the panel.)
3. To ensure that water does not collect in the base of the outdoor unit, make sure that the base is level, not at angle. Water collecting in the base of the outdoor unit could cause rust.
4. If the unit is installed in a coastal area, clean the unit with water regularly to remove any salt build-up.
5. If the unit is damaged during installation or maintenance, be sure to repair it.
6. Be sure to check the condition of the unit regularly.
7. Be sure to install the unit in a location with good drainage.
4
Cautions for refrigerant piping work
New refrigerant R410A is adopted for replacement inverter series. Although the refrigerant piping work for R410A is same as for R22, exclusive tools are necessary so as not to mix with different kind of refrigerant. Furthermore as the working pressure of R410A is 1.6 times higher than that of R22, their sizes of flared sections and flare nuts are different.
1 Thickness of pipes
Because the working pressure of R410A is higher compared to R22, be sure to use refrigerant piping with thickness shown below. (Never use pipes of 0.7 mm or below.)
Diagram below: Piping diameter and thickness
Nominal
dimensions(inch)
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Outside
diameter
6.35
9.52
12.70
15.88
19.05
(mm)
Thickness
R410A R22
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
(mm)
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0
2 Dimensions of flare cutting and flare nut
The component molecules in HFC refrigerant are smaller compared to conventional refrigerants. In addition to that, R410A is a refrigerant, which has higher risk of leakage because its working pressure is higher than that of other refrig­erants. Therefore, to enhance airtightness and intensity, flare cutting dimension of copper pipe for R410A has been specified separately from the dimensions for other refrigerants as shown below. The dimension B of flare nut for R410A also has partly been changed to increase intensity as shown below. Set copper pipe correctly referring to copper pipe flaring dimensions for R410A below. For 1/2 and 5/8 inch, the dimension B changes. Use torque wrench corresponding to each dimension.
Dimension A
Flare cutting dimensions
Nominal
dimensions(inch)
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Outside
diameter
6.35
9.52
12.70
15.88
19.05
Dimension A
R410A R22
9.1
13.2
16.6
19.7
+0
( )
-0.4
9.0
13.0
16.2
19.4
23.3
(mm)
Flare nut dimensions
Nominal
dimensions(inch)
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Outside
diameter
6.35
9.52
12.70
15.88
19.05
3 Tools for R410A (The following table shows whether conventional tools can be used or not.)
Tools and materials Use R410A tools Can R22 tools be used? Gauge manifold
Charge hose Gas leak detector
Refrigerant recovery equipment Refrigerant cylinder Applied oil
Safety charger
Charge valve
Vacuum pump
Flare tool
Bender Pipe cutter Welder and nitrogen gas cylinder Refrigerant charging scale
Vacuum gauge or thermis­tor vacuum gauge and vacuum valve Charging cylinder
: Prepare a new tool. (Use the new tool as the tool exclusive for R410A.) : Tools for other refrigerants can be used under certain conditions. : Tools for other refrigerants can be used.
Air purge, refrigerant charge and operation check Gas leak check Refrigerant recovery Refrigerant charge Apply to flared section
Prevent compressor malfunction when charging refrigerant by
spraying liquid refrigerant Prevent gas from blowing out
when detaching charge hose Vacuum drying and air purge
Flaring work of piping
Bend the pipes Cut the pipes Weld the pipes Refrigerant charge Check the degree of vacuum. (Vacuum
valve prevents back flow of oil and refri­gerant to thermistor vacuum gauge) Refrigerant charge
Tool exclusive for R410A Tool exclusive for R410A Tool for HFC refrigerant Tool exclusive for R410A Tool exclusive for R410A Ester oil, ether oil and alkylbenzene oil (minimum amount) Tool exclusive for R410A
Tool exclusive for R410A
Tools for other refrigerants can be used if equipped with adop­ter for reverse flow check Tools for other refrigerants
can be used by adjusting flaring dimension
Tools for other refrigerants can be used Tools for other refrigerants can be used Tools for other refrigerants can be used Tools for other refrigerants can be used Tools for other refrigerants can be used
Tool exclusive for R410A
(Usable if equipped
with adopter for rever­ se flow)
(Usable by adjusting flaring dimension)
Dimension B
Dimension B
R410A R22
17.0
22.0
26.0
29.0
Can R407C tools be used?
Ester oil, ether oil: Alkylbenzene oil: minimum amount
(Usable if equipped
with adopter for rever­ se flow)
(Usable by adjusting
flaring dimension)
17.0
22.0
24.0
27.0
36.0
(mm)
5
3
OVERVIEW OF UNITS
3-1. UNIT CONSTRUCTION
PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit that can be connected
Capacity
Number of units
Total system wide capacity
PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS)
4HP 5HP 6HP
PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS)
Type 15 ~ Type 125
1 ~ 8 unit
CMY-Y62-G-E CMY-Y64-G-E CMY-Y68-G-E
1 ~ 10 unit
50% ~130% of outdoor unit capacity
Type 15 ~ Type 140
PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
1 ~ 12 unit
*2
Model
Capacity
15
20
25
32
40
50
63
71
80
100
125
140
Branching pipe components
Cassette Ceiling
4-way flow 2-way flow
PLFY-P PLFY-P PEFY-P PKFY-P PCFY-P
20VCM-E(2)
25VCM-E(2)
32VCM-E(2)/32VBM-E
40VCM-E(2)/40VBM-E
50VBM-E
63VBM-E
80VBM-E
100VBM-E
125VBM-E
20VLMD-E
25VLMD-E
32VLMD-E
40VLMD-E
50VLMD-E
63VLMD-E
80VLMD-E
100VLMD-E
125VLMD-E
1-way flow
PMFY-P
20VBM-E
25VBM-E
32VBM-E
40VBM-E
Branch header (2 branches)
Ceiling
Concealed
15VMS1-E
20VMS1-E/ VMA-E
25VMS1-E/ VMA-E
32VMS1-E/ VMA-E
40VMS1-E/ VMA-E
50VMS1-E/ VMA-E
63VMS1-E/ VMA-E
71VMA-E
80VMH-E/ VMA-E
100VMH-E/ VMA-E
125VMH-E/ VMA-E
140VMH-E/ VMA-E
Wall
Mounted
15VBM-E
20VBM-E
25VBM-E
32VHM-E
40VHM-E
50VHM-E
63VKM-E
100VKM-E
Branch header (4 branches)
Suspended
40VKM-E
63VKM-E
100VKM-E
125VKM-E
Decorative panel
Ceiling
Branch header (8 branches)
Floor standing
Exposed Concealed
PFFY-P
20VLEM-E/VKM-E
25VLEM-E/VKM-E
32VLEM-E/VKM-E
40VLEM-E/VKM-E
50VLEM-E
63VLEM-E
PFFY-P
20VLRM-E
25VLRM-E
32VLRM-E
40VLRM-E
50VLRM-E
63VLRM-E
Ceiling
Concealed
(Fresh Air)
80VMH-E-F
140VMH-E-F
*1
PEFY-P
MA remote controller
PAR-21MAA
Remote
controller
Name
Model number
Functions
M-NET remote controller
PAR-F27MEA-E
• A handy remote controller for use in conjunction with the Melans centralized management system.
• Addresses setting is not necessary.
• Addresses must be set.
*1. PUMY-P·YHMB is connectable to Fresh Air type indoor unit.
It is possible to connect 1 Fresh Air type indoor unit to 1 outdoor unit. (1:1 system) Operating temperature range (outdoor temperature) for fresh air type indoor units differ from other indoor units. Refer to 3-2(3). *2. When the indoor unit of Fresh Air type is connected with the outdoor unit, the maximum connectable total indoor unit capacity is 110% (100% in case of heating below -5:[23˚F]).
6
3-2. UNIT SPECIFICATIONS
(1) Outdoor Unit
PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS)
14.0
16.0
2.4
Capacity
Service Ref.
Cooling (kW)
Heating (kW)
PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS)
11. 2
12.5
1.9
Cooling/Heating capacity indicates the maximum value at operation under the following condition.
w. Cooling Indoor : D.B. 27°C/W.B. 19.0°C Outdoor : D.B. 35°C
Heating Indoor : D.B. 20°C
Outdoor : D.B. 7°C/W.B. 6°C
PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
(2) Method for identifying MULTI-S model
Indoor unit < When using Model 80 >
Outdoor unit <When using model 125 >
P L F Y - P 80 V BM - E PU M Y - P 125 Y H M B - BS
15.5
18.0
2.9Compressor (kW)
PAC ty pe
L : Ceiling cassette K : Wall-mounted type E : Hidden skylight type C : Ceiling suspended type M : Ceiling cassette type F : Floor standing type
NEW frequency converter one-to-many air conditioners (flexible design type)
Indicates equivalent to Cooling capacity (k cal / h)
Refrigerant R407C/R22 R410A
commonness Frequency conversion controller
Sub-number
BM CM KM
M-NET
M
control
KM
}
LMD
Power supply V: Single phase 220-230-240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz
Outdoor unit
MULTI-S
Indicates equivalent to Cooling capacity
(k cal / h)
(3) Operating temperature range
Cooling
Indoor-side intake air temperature
Outdoor-side intake air temperature
W.B. 15~24°C
D.B. -5~46°C
+1
Notes D.B. : Dry Bulb Temperature W.B. : Wet Bulb Temperature w1. 10~46°C DB : In case of connecting PKFY-P15/P20/P25 type indoor unit.
Heating
D.B. 15~27°C
W.B. -15~15°C
Refrigerant R410A
Frequency conversion controller
Sub-number
M-NET control
Outdoor unit model type
Power supply
V: Single phase 220-230-240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz
Y: 3-phase 380-400-415V 50Hz
Salt proof type
In case of connecting fresh air type indoor unit
Capacity of Fresh
air type indoor
P80
Indoor-side and Outdoor-side intake air temperature
+
2. Thermo-off (FAN-mode) automatically starts if the outdoor temp. is lower than 21D.B..
+
3. Thermo-off (FAN-mode) automatically starts if the outdoor temp. is higher than 20D.B..
P140
Cooling
D.B.21~43+2 W.B.15.5~35
D.B.21~43 W.B.15.5~35
+
2
7
Heating
D.B.-10~20
D.B.-5~20
+
3
+
3
4
Galvanized steel sheet
<MUNSELL 3Y 7.8/1.1>
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION
Inverter
-
High pressure sensor, High pressure switch 4.15 MPa
Over-heat protection, Over-current protection
Discharge thermo protection, Over-current protection (PUMY-P·VHMB(-BS), PUMY-P·VHMBR1(-BS))
Compressor thermo protection, Over-current protection (PUMY-P·VHMBR2(-BS))
Over-heat protection, Voltage protection
Auto-defrost mode (Reversed refrigerant circle)
LEV circuit
Installation Manual
Grounded lead wire × 2
In case of connecting all fresh air type indoor unit PEFY-P-VHM-E-F, only one indoor unit can be connected with one PUMY. Details on foundation work, duct work, insulation work, electrical wiring, power source switch, and other items shall be referred to the Installation Manual.
PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS)
1-phase 220-230-240V 50Hz, 1-phase 220V 60Hz
15 ~ 24˚C (59 ~ 75˚F)
- 5 ~ 46˚C (23 ~ 115˚F)
10 to 46˚CD.B. (50 to 115˚FD.B.) : in case of connecting PKFY-P15/P20/P25 type indoor unit.
15 ~ 27˚C (59 ~ 81˚F)
-15 ~ 15˚C (5 ~ 59˚F)
50 ~ 130% of outdoor unit capacity
11.2
9,600 38,200 10,000
3.34
15.4-14.8-14.1, 15.4
3.35
12.5 10,800 42,700
3.66
16.9-16.2-15.5, 16.9
3.42
P15 ~ P125/1 ~ 8
49/51
ø9.52 (ø3/8") Liquid
ø15.88 (ø5/8") Gas
14.0 12,000 47,800 12,500
4.32
20.0-19.1-18.3, 20.0
3.24
16.0 13,800 54,600
4.33
20.0-19.1-18.3, 20.0
3.69
P15 ~ P140/1 ~ 10
50/52
ø9.52 (ø3/8") Liquid
ø15.88 (ø5/8") Gas
1,350 × 950 × 330
53-3/16" × 37-7/16" × 13"
129 (284 lb)
Inverter scroll hermetic comp.
2.2
-
FV50S × 2.3 L
100 1667 3532
0Pa
Propeller fan × 2
DC-control, Direct-driven by motor
0.06 × 2
R410A × 8.5kg (19 lb)
Joint: CMY-Y62-G-E
Header:CMY-Y64/68-G-E
1,350 × 950 × 330
53-3/16" × 37-7/16" × 13"
129 (284 lb)
Salt-resistant cross fin & copper tube
Inverter scroll hermetic comp.
2.9
-
FV50S × 2.3 L
100 1667 3532 0Pa
Propeller fan × 2
DC-control, Direct-driven by motor
0.06 × 2
R410A × 8.5kg (19 lb)
Joint: CMY-Y62-G-E
Header:CMY-Y64/68-G-E
* 1 Nominal cooling conditions
Note :
Indoor :
Outdoor :
Pipe length :
Level difference :
27˚CDB/19˚CWB (81˚FDB/66˚FWB) 35˚CDB (95˚FDB)
7.5 m (24-9/16 ft) 0 m (0 ft)
* 2 Nominal cooling conditions
27˚CDB/19.5˚CWB (81˚FDB/67˚FWB) 35˚CDB (95˚FDB) 5 m (16-3/8 ft) 0 m (0 ft)
* 3 Nominal heating conditions
Unit converter
20˚CDB (68˚FDB) 7˚CDB/6˚CWB (45˚FDB/43˚FWB)
7.5 m (24-9/16 ft) 0 m (0 ft)
* Nominal conditions * 1, * 3 are subject to JIS B8615-1. * Due to continuing improvement, above specifications may be subject to change without notice.
kcal/h = kW × 860 Btu/h = kW
× 3,412
cfm = m
3
/min x 35.31
lb = kg/0.4536
*Above specification data is subject to rounding variation.
SPECIFICATIONS
PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS)
Model
PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS)
Power source Cooling capacity (Nominal)
Temp. range of cooling
Power input Current input COP (kW/kW) Indoor Outdoor
Heating capacity (Nominal )
Temp. range of heating
Indoor unit connectable Noise level
Diameter of refrigerant pipe
Power input Current input COP (kW/kW) Indoor temp. Outdoor temp.
Total capacity Model/Quantity
(measured in anechoic room)
Liquid (High press.)
Gas (Low press.)
External finish
External dimension H
×W×
D
Net weight Heat exchanger Compressor
FAN
Ty pe Manufacturer Starting method Motor output Case heater Lubricant Air flow rate
HIC circuit Protection
Defrosting method Refrigerant
Standard attachment
Optional parts
External static press. Ty pe× Quantity Control, Driving mechanism Motor output
(HIC: Heat Inter-Changer)
High pressure protection Inverter circuit (COMP./FAN) Compressor
Fan motor
×
Original charge
Ty pe Control
Document Accessory
Remark
kW
*
1
*
1
kcal/h
*
1
Btu/h
*
2
kcal/h kW A
W.B . D.B .
*
3
kW
*
*
3
kcal/h
3
Btu/h kW A
D.B . W.B .
dB <A>
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
mm in. kg (lb)
Salt-resistant cross fin & copper tube Salt-resistant cross fin & copper tube
kW kW
3
m
/min L/s cfm
kW
PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS)
15.5 13,300 52,900 14,000
5.35
24.7-23.6-22.7, 24.7
2.9
18.0 15,500 61,400
5.58
25.8-24.7-23.6, 25.8
3.23
P15 ~ P140/1 ~ 12
51/53
ø9.52 (ø3/8") Liquid
ø15.88 (ø5/8") Gas
1,350 × 950 × 330
53-3/16" × 37-7/16" × 13"
129 (284 lb)
Inverter scroll hermetic comp.
3.3
-
FV50S × 2.3 L
100 1667 3532 0Pa
Propeller fan × 2
DC-control, Direct-driven by motor
0.06 × 2
R410A × 8.5kg (19 lb)
Joint: CMY-Y62-G-E
Header:CMY-Y64/68-G-E
8
Galvanized steel sheet
<MUNSELL 3Y 7.8/1.1>
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION
Inverter
-
High pressure sensor, High pressure switch 4.15 MPa
Over-heat protection, Over-current protection
Over-heat protection, Voltage protection
Auto-defrost mode (Reversed refrigerant circle)
LEV circuit
Installation Manual
Grounded lead wire x 2
Details on foundation work, duct work, insulation work, electrical wiring, power source switch, and other items shall be referred to the Installation Manual.
PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS)
3-phase 4-wire 380-400-415V 50Hz
15 ~ 24˚C (59 ~ 75˚F)
- 5 ~ 46˚C (23 ~ 115˚F)
10 to 46˚CD.B. (50 to 115˚FD.B.): in case of connecting PKFY-P15/P20/P25 type indoor unit.
15 ~ 27˚C (59 ~ 81˚F)
-15 ~ 15˚C (5 ~ 59˚F)
50 ~ 130% of outdoor unit capacity
11.2 9,600
38,200
-
3.30
5.28-5.02-4.84
3.39
12.5 10,800 42,700
3.63
5.81-5.52-5.32
3.44
P15 ~ P125/1 ~ 8
49/51
ø9.52 (ø3/8") Flare
ø15.88 (ø5/8") Flare
14.0 12,000 47,800 12,500
4.27
6.83-6.49-6.26
3.28
16.0 13,800 54,600
4.29
6.87-6.52-6.29
3.73
P15 ~ P140/1 ~ 10
50/52
ø9.52 (ø3/8") Flare
ø15.88 (ø5/8") Flare
1,350 × 950 × 330
53-3/16" × 37-7/16" × 13"
142 (313)
Salt-resistant cross fin & copper tube
Inverter scroll hermetic comp.
1.9
-
FV50S × 2.3 L
100 1667 3532 0Pa
Propeller fan × 2
DC-control, Direct-driven by motor
0.06 × 2
R410A × 8.5kg (19 lb)
Joint: CMY-Y62-G-E
Header:CMY-Y64/68-G-E
1,350 × 950 × 330
53-3/16" × 37-7/16" × 13"
142 (313)
Salt-resistant cross fin & copper tube
Inverter scroll hermetic comp.
2.4
-
100 1667 3532 0Pa
Propeller fan × 2
DC-control, Direct-driven by motor
0.06 × 2
R410A × 8.5kg (19 lb)
Joint: CMY-Y62-G-E
Header:CMY-Y64/68-G-E
* 1 Nominal cooling conditions
Note :
Indoor :
Outdoor :
Pipe length :
Level difference :
27˚CDB/19˚CWB (81˚FDB/66˚FWB) 35˚CDB (95˚FDB)
7.5 m (24-9/16 ft) 0 m (0 ft)
* 2 Nominal cooling conditions
27˚CDB/19.5˚CWB (81˚FDB/67˚FWB) 35˚CDB (95˚FDB) 5 m (16-3/8 ft) 0 m (0 ft)
* 3 Nominal heating conditions
Unit converter
20˚CDB (68˚FDB) 7˚CDB/6˚CWB (45˚FDB/43˚FWB)
7.5 m (24-9/16 ft) 0 m (0 ft)
* Nominal conditions * 1, * 3 are subject to JIS B8615-1. * Due to continuing improvement, above specifications may be subject to change without notice.
kcal/h = kW × 860 Btu/h = kW
× 3,412
cfm = m
3
/min × 35.31
lb = kg/0.4536
*Above specification data is subject to rounding variation.
Model
Power source Cooling capacity (Nominal)
Temp. range of cooling
Heating capacity (Nominal)
Temp. range of heating
Indoor unit connectable
Noise level
(measured in anechoic room)
Diameter of refrigerant pipe
External finish
External dimension H
×W×
D
Net weight Heat exchanger Compressor
FAN
HIC circuit
(HIC: Heat Inter-Changer)
Protection
Defrosting method
Refrigerant
Standard attachment Optional parts
Remark
Power input Current input COP (kW/kW) Indoor Outdoor
Power input Current input COP (kW/kW) Indoor temp. Outdoor temp.
Total capacity Model/Quantity
Liquid (High press.)
Gas (Low press.)
Ty pe Manufacturer Starting method Motor output Case heater Lubricant Air flow rate
External static press. Ty pe
×
Quantity Control, Driving mechanism Motor output
High pressure protection Inverter circuit (COMP./FAN) Compressor
Fan motor
Ty pe
×
Original charge Control Document Accessory
kW kcal/h Btu/h kcal/h kW A
W.B . D.B .
kW kcal/h Btu/h kW A
D.B . W.B .
dB <A>
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
mm in. kg (lb)
kW kW
m
3
/min L/s cfm
kW
*
1
*
1
*
1
*
2
*
3
*
3
*
3
Discharge thermo protection, Over-current protection (PUMY-P·VHMB(-BS), PUMY-P·VHMBR1(-BS))
PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS)
PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
15.5 13,300 52,900 14,000
5.32
8.51-8.09-7.80
2.91
18.0 15,500 61,400
5.32
8.51-8.09-7.80
3.38
P15 ~ P140/1 ~ 12
51/53
ø
9.52 (ø3/8") Flare
ø
15.88 (ø5/8") Flare
1,350 × 950 × 330
53-3/16" × 37-7/16" × 13"
142 (313)
Salt-resistant cross fin & copper tube
Inverter scroll hermetic comp.
2.9
-
FV50S × 2.3 L
FV50S × 2.3 L
100 1667 3532
0Pa
Propeller fan × 2
DC-control, Direct-driven by motor
0.06 × 2
Compressor thermo protection, Over-current protection (PUMY-P·VHMBR2(-BS))
R410A × 8.5kg (19 lb)
9
Joint: CMY-Y62-G-E
Header:CMY-Y64/68-G-E
5
DATA
5-1. COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITY AND CHARACTERISTICS
5-1-1. Method for obtaining system cooling and heating capacity:
To obtain the system cooling and heating capacity and the electrical characteristics of the outdoor unit, first add up the ratings of all the indoor units connected to the outdoor unit (see table below), and then use this total to find the standard capacity with the help of the tables on 5-2. STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM.
(1) Capacity of indoor unit
17
Model 20
22
Model 2528Model 3236Model 4045Model 5056Model 6371Model 7180Model 8090Model 100
112
Model 125
140
Model 140
160
Model Number for indoor unit
Model Capacity
(2) Sample calculation
Model 15
1 System assembled from indoor and outdoor unit (in this example the total capacity of the indoor units is greater than that of
the outdoor unit)
• Outdoor unit PUMY-P125YHMB
• Indoor unit PKFY-P25VBM-E o 2 , PLFY-P50VLMD-E o 2
2 According to the conditions in 1, the total capacity of the indoor unit will be: 28 o 2 + 56 o 2 = 168 3 The following figures are obtained from the 168 total capacity row of the standard capacity diagram (5-2.):
Capacity (kW)
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
A 14.60 B 16.33
Outdoor unit power consumption (kW)
4.34 3.95 6.59 6.01
Outdoor unit current (A)/400V
5-1-2. Method for obtaining the heating and cooling capacity of an indoor unit:
(1) The capacity of each indoor unit (kW) = the capacity
A
(or B)
o
total model capacity of all indoor units
model capacity
(2) Sample calculation (using the system described above in 5-1-1. (2) ):
During cooling:
• The total model capacity of the indoor unit is:
2.8 o 2 + 5.6 o 2=16.8kW Therefore, the capacity of PKFY-P25VBM-E and PLFY-P50VLMD-E will be calculated as follows by using the formula in 5-1-2. (1):
Model 25=14.6 o = 2.43kW
Model 50=14.6 o = 4.87kW
2.8
16.8
5.6
16.8
• The total model capacity of indoor unit is:
3.2 o 2 + 6.3 o 2=19.0 Therefore, the capacity of PKFY-P25VBM-E and PLFY-P50VLMD-E will be calculated as follows by using the formula in 5-1-2. (1):
Model 25=16.33 o = 2.75kW
Model 50=16.33 o = 5.41kW
During heating:
3.2
19.0
6.3
19.0
10
5-2. STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM
5-2-1. PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS)
* Before calculating the sum of total capacity of indoor units, please convert the value into the kW model capacity
following the formula on 5-1-1.
)
Total capacity of indoor units*
56 5.60 6.30 1.37 1.79 6.3 8.3 6.1 7.9 5.8 7.6 57 5.70 6.41 1.39 1.82 6.4 8.4 6.2 8.1 5.9 7.7 58 5.80 6.53 1.42 1.85 6.6 8.6 6.3 8.2 6.0 7.8 59 5.90 6.64 1.44 1.88 6.7 8.7 6.4 8.3 6.1 8.0 60 6.00 6.75 1.46 1.91 6.8 8.8 6.5 8.4 6.2 8.1 61 6.10 6.87 1.49 1.94 6.9 9.0 6.6 8.6 6.3 8.2 62 6.20 6.98 1.51 1.97 7.0 9.1 6.7 8.7 6.4 8.4 63 6.30 7.09 1.54 2.00 7.1 9.2 6.8 8.8 6.5 8.5 64 6.40 7.20 1.56 2.03 7.2 9.4 6.9 9.0 6.6 8.6 65 6.50 7.32 1.59 2.06 7.4 9.5 7.0 9.1 6.7 8.7 66 6.60 7.43 1.62 2.09 7.5 9.7 7.2 9.2 6.9 8.9 67 6.70 7.54 1.64 2.12 7.6 9.8 7.3 9.4 7.0 9.0 68 6.80 7.66 1.67 2.15 7.7 9.9 7.4 9.5 7.1 9.1 69 6.90 7.77 1.70 2.18 7.9 10.1 7.5 9.6 7.2 9.2 70 7.00 7.88 1.73 2.22 8.0 10.3 7.7 9.8 7.3 9.4 71 7.10 8.00 1.76 2.25 8.1 10.4 7.8 10.0 7.5 9.5 72 7.20 8.11 1.79 2.28 8.3 10.5 7.9 10.1 7.6 9.7 73 7.30 8.22 1.82 2.31 8.4 10.7 8.1 10.2 7.7 9.8 74 7.40 8.33 1.85 2.34 8.6 10.8 8.2 10.3 7.8 9.9 75 7.50 8.44 1.88 2.37 8.7 11.0 8.3 10.5 8.0 10.0 76 7.60 8.56 1.91 2.41 8.8 11.1 8.4 10.7 8.1 10.2 77 7.70 8.67 1.94 2.44 9.0 11.3 8.6 10.8 8.2 10.3 78 7.80 8.78 1.97 2.47 9.1 11.4 8.7 10.9 8.4 10.5 79 7.90 8.89 2.00 2.50 9.2 11.6 8.8 11.1 8.5 10.6 80 8.00 9.00 2.04 2.54 9.4 11.7 9.0 11.2 8.6 10.8 81 8.10 9.10 2.07 2.57 9.6 11.9 9.2 11.4 8.8 10.9 82 8.20 9.20 2.10 2.60 9.7 12.0 9.3 11.5 8.9 11.0 83 8.30 9.30 2.14 2.64 9.9 12.2 9.5 11.7 9.1 11.2 84 8.40 9.40 2.17 2.67 10.0 12.3 9.6 11.8 9.2 11.3 85 8.50 9.50 2.21 2.70 10.2 12.5 9.8 11.9 9.4 11.4 86 8.60 9.60 2.24 2.74 10.4 12.7 9.9 12.1 9.5 11.6 87 8.70 9.70 2.28 2.77 10.5 12.8 10.1 12.2 9.7 11.7 88 8.80 9.80 2.32 2.80 10.7 12.9 10.3 12.4 9.8 11.9 89 8.90 9.90 2.35 2.84 10.9 13.1 10.4 12.6 10.0 12.0 90 9.00 10.00 2.39 2.87 11.1 13.3 10.6 12.7 10.1 12.2 91 9.10 10.10 2.43 2.91 11.2 13.5 10.7 12.9 10.3 12.3 92 9.20 10.22 2.47 2.94 11.4 13.6 10.9 13.0 10.5 12.5 93 9.30 10.33 2.50 2.97 11.6 13.7 11.1 13.1 10.6 12.6 94 9.40 10.45 2.54 3.01 11.7 13.9 11.2 13.3 10.8 12.8 95 9.50 10.56 2.58 3.04 11.9 14.1 11.4 13.4 10.9 12.9 96 9.60 10.67 2.62 3.08 12.1 14.2 11.6 13.6 11.1 13.1 97 9.70 10.79 2.66 3.11 12.3 14.4 11.8 13.8 11.3 13.2 98 9.80 10.90 2.70 3.15 12.5 14.6 11.9 13.9 11.4 13.3
99 9.90 11.02 2.75 3.19 12.7 14.7 12.2 14.1 11.7 13.5 100 10.00 11.13 2.79 3.22 12.9 14.9 12.3 14.2 11.8 13.6 101 10.10 11.24 2.83 3.26 13.1 15.1 12.5 14.4 12.0 13.8 102 10.20 11.36 2.87 3.29 13.3 15.2 12.7 14.5 12.2 13.9 103 10.30 11.47 2.91 3.33 13.5 15.4 12.9 14.7 12.3 14.1 104 10.40 11.59 2.96 3.36 13.7 15.5 13.1 14.9 12.5 14.2 105 10.50 11.70 3.00 3.40 13.9 15.7 13.3 15.0 12.7 14.4 106 10.60 11.81 3.05 3.44 14.1 15.9 13.5 15.2 12.9 14.6 107 10.70 11.93 3.09 3.47 14.3 16.0 13.7 15.3 13.1 14.7 108 10.80 12.04 3.14 3.51 14.5 16.2 13.9 15.5 13.3 14.9 109 10.90 12.16 3.18 3.55 14.7 16.4 14.1 15.7 13.5 15.0 110 11.00 12.27 3.23 3.59 14.9 16.6 14.3 15.9 13.7 15.2
Capacity(kW
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Power Consumption(kW)Current(A)/220V Current(A)/230V Current(A)/240V
11
Total capacity of indoor units*
111 11.10 12.38 3.27 3.62 15.1 16.7 14.5 16.0 13.9 15.3 112 11.2012.503.343.6615.416.914.816.214.115.5 113 11.2212.513.353.6515.516.914.816.114.215.5 114 11.2412.533.353.6415.516.814.816.114.215.4 115 11.2612.543.363.6315.516.814.916.014.215.4 116 11.2812.553.363.6215.516.714.916.014.215.3 117 11.3012.563.363.6115.516.714.916.014.215.3 118 11.3212.573.373.5915.616.614.915.914.315.2 119 11.3412.583.373.5815.616.514.915.814.315.2 120 11.36 12.60 3.38 3.57 15.6 16.5 14.9 15.8 14.3 15.1 121 11.38 12.61 3.38 3.56 15.6 16.5 14.9 15.7 14.3 15.1 122 11.40 12.62 3.38 3.55 15.6 16.4 14.9 15.7 14.3 15.0 123 11.42 12.63 3.39 3.54 15.7 16.4 15.0 15.7 14.4 15.0 124 11.44 12.64 3.39 3.52 15.7 16.3 15.0 15.6 14.4 14.9 125 11.47 12.66 3.40 3.51 15.7 16.2 15.0 15.5 14.4 14.9 126 11.49 12.67 3.40 3.50 15.7 16.2 15.0 15.5 14.4 14.8 127 11.51 12.68 3.40 3.49 15.7 16.1 15.0 15.4 14.4 14.8 128 11.53 12.69 3.41 3.48 15.8 16.1 15.1 15.4 14.4 14.7 129 11.55 12.70 3.41 3.47 15.8 16.0 15.1 15.3 14.4 14.7 130 11.57 12.71 3.42 3.45 15.8 15.9 15.1 15.3 14.5 14.6 131 11.59 12.73 3.42 3.44 15.8 15.9 15.1 15.2 14.5 14.6 132 11.61 12.74 3.42 3.43 15.8 15.9 15.1 15.2 14.5 14.5 133 11.63 12.75 3.43 3.42 15.9 15.8 15.2 15.1 14.5 14.5 134 11.65 12.76 3.43 3.41 15.9 15.8 15.2 15.1 14.5 14.4 135 11.67 12.77 3.44 3.40 15.9 15.7 15.2 15.0 14.6 14.4 136 11.69 12.78 3.44 3.38 15.9 15.6 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.3 137 11.71 12.80 3.45 3.37 15.9 15.6 15.3 14.9 14.6 14.3 138 11.73 12.81 3.45 3.36 15.9 15.5 15.3 14.9 14.6 14.2 139 11.75 12.82 3.45 3.35 15.9 15.5 15.3 14.8 14.6 14.2 140 11.77 12.83 3.46 3.34 16.0 15.4 15.3 14.8 14.7 14.2 141 11.79 12.84 3.46 3.32 16.0 15.3 15.3 14.7 14.7 14.1 142 11.82 12.86 3.47 3.31 16.0 15.3 15.3 14.6 14.7 14.0 143 11.84 12.87 3.47 3.30 16.0 15.3 15.3 14.6 14.7 14.0 144 11.86 12.88 3.47 3.29 16.0 15.2 15.3 14.5 14.7 13.9 145 11.88 12.89 3.48 3.28 16.1 15.2 15.4 14.5 14.7 13.9
Capacity(kW
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
)
Power Consumption(kW)Current(A)/220V Current(A)/230V Current(A)/240V
12
5-2-2. PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS)
* Before calculating the sum of total capacity of indoor units, please convert the value into the kW model capacity
following the formula on 5-1-1.
Total capacity of
indoor units*
70 7.00 7.88 71 7.10 8.00 72 7.20 8.11 73 7.30 8.22 74 7.40 8.33 75 7.50 8.44 76 7.60 8.56 77 7.70 8.67 78 7.80 8.78 79 7.90 8.89 80 8.00 9.00 81 8.10 9.10 82 8.20 9.20 83 8.30 9.30 84 8.40 9.40 85 8.50 9.50 86 8.60 9.60 87 8.70 9.70 88 8.80 9.80 89 8.90 9.90 90 9.00 10.00 91 9.10 10.10 92 9.20 10.22 93 9.30 10.33 94 9.40 10.45 95 9.50 10.56 96 9.60 10.67 97 9.70 10.79 98 9.80 10.90
99 9.90 11.02 100 10.00 11.13 101 10.10 11.24 102 10.20 11.36 103 10.30 11.47 104 10.40 11.59 105 10.50 11.70 106 10.60 11.81 107 10.70 11.93 108 10.80 12.04 109 10.90 12.16 110 11.00 12.27
111 11. 10 12.38 112 11.20 12.50 113 11.30 12.63 114 11.40 12.75 115 11.50 12.88 116 11.60 13.00 117 11.70 13.13 118 11.80 13.25 119 11.90 13.38 120 12.00 13.50 121 12.10 13.63 122 12.20 13.75 123 12.30 13.88 124 12.40 14.00 125 12.50 14.13 126 12.60 14.25 127 12.70 14.38 128 12.80 14.50 129 12.90 14.63 130 13.00 14.75
Capacity(kW)
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Power Consumption(kW)
1.83
1.85
1.88
1.90
1.93
1.96
1.98
2.01
2.04
2.07
2.09
2.12
2.15
2.18
2.21
2.24
2.27
2.30
2.33
2.36
2.39
2.42
2.45
2.49
2.52
2.55
2.58
2.62
2.65
2.68
2.72
2.75
2.79
2.82
2.86
2.89
2.93
2.96
3.00
3.04
3.07
3.11
3.15
3.19
3.22
3.26
3.30
3.34
3.38
3.42
3.46
3.50
3.54
3.58
3.62
3.66
3.71
3.75
3.79
3.83
2.05
2.08
2.11
2.13
2.16
2.19
2.21
2.24
2.27
2.29
2.32
2.35
2.38
2.41
2.44
2.46
2.49
2.52
2.55
2.58
2.61
2.64
2.67
2.70
2.73
2.76
2.79
2.82
2.85
2.89
2.92
2.95
2.98
3.01
3.05
3.08
3.11
3.14
3.18
3.21
3.24
3.28
3.31
3.34
3.38
3.41
3.45
3.48
3.52
3.55
3.59
3.62
3.66
3.69
3.73
3.76
3.80
3.84
3.87
3.91 17.7
3.88 3.95 17.9
Current(A)/ 220V Current(A)/ 230V Current(A)/ 240V
8.4
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
9.0
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.7
9.8
9.9
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.5
10.6
10.8
10.9
11.0
11.2
11.3
11.5
11.6
11.8
11.9
12.1
12.2
12.4
12.6
12.7
12.9
13.0
13.2
13.4
13.5
13.7
13.9
14.0
14.2
14.4
14.5
14.7
14.9
15.1
15.3
15.4
15.6
15.8
16.0
16.2
16.4
16.5
16.7
16.9
17.1
17.3
17.5
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
10.0
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
11.0
11.1
11.2
11.4
11.5
11.6
11.8
11.9
12.0
12.2
12.3
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.9
13.0
13.2
13.3
13.5
13.6
13.8
13.9
14.1
14.2
14.4
14.5
14.7
14.8
15.0
15.1
15.3
15.4
15.6
15.7
15.9
16.1
16.2
16.4
16.5
16.7
16.9
17.0
17.2
17.4
17.5
17.7
17.9
18.0
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.8
8.9
9.0
9.1
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.8
9.9
10.0
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.6
10.7
10.8
11.0
11.1
11.3
11.4
11.6
11.7
11.9
12.0
12.2
12.3
12.5
12.6
12.8
12.9
13.1
13.3
13.4
13.6
13.7
13.9
14.1
14.2
14.4
14.6
14.8
14.9
15.1
15.3
15.5
15.6
15.8
16.0
16.2
16.4
16.6
16.7
16.9
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.8
9.9
10.0
10.1
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.8
10.9
11.0
11.1
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.7
11.8
11.9
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.9
13.0
13.2
13.3
13.4
13.6
13.7
13.9
14.0
14.2
14.3
14.5
14.6
14.8
14.9
15.1
15.2
15.4
15.5
15.7
15.8
16.0
16.1
16.3
16.5
16.6
16.8
16.9
17.1
17.3
7.7
7.8
8.0
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.9
9.0
9.1
9.2
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.9
10.0
10.1
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.7
10.8
10.9
11.1
11.2
11.4
11.5
11.7
11.8
11.9
12.1
12.2
12.4
12.6
12.7
12.9
13.0
13.2
13.3
13.5
13.7
13.8
14.0
14.1
14.3
14.5
14.7
14.8
15.0
15.2
15.3
15.5
15.7
15.9
16.0
16.2
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.7
10.8
10.9
11.0
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.6
11.7
11.8
11.9
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.9
13.0
13.2
13.3
13.4
13.6
13.7
13.9
14.0
14.1
14.3
14.4
14.6
14.7
14.9
15.0
15.2
15.3
15.5
15.6
15.8
15.9
16.1
16.2
16.4
16.5
18.2 17.1 17.4 16.4 16.7
8.7
8.8
8.9
9.0
9.1
9.2
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
13
Total capacity of
indoor units*
131 13.10 14.88 132 13.20 15.00 133 13.30 15.13 134 13.40 15.25 135 13.50 15.38 136 13.60 15.50 137 13.70 15.63 138 13.80 15.75 139 13.90 15.88 140 14.00 16.00 141 14.02 16.01 142 14.04 16.02 143 14.06 16.03 144 14.08 16.04 145 14.10 16.06 146 14.12 16.07 147 14.15 16.08 148 14.17 16.09 149 14.19 16.10 150 14.21 16.12 151 14.23 16.13 152 14.25 16.14 153 14.27 16.15 154 14.30 16.16 155 14.32 16.17 156 14.34 16.19 157 14.36 16.20 158 14.38 16.21 159 14.40 16.22 160 14.42 16.23 161 14.45 16.25 162 14.47 16.26 163 14.49 16.27 164 14.51 16.28 165 14.53 16.29 166 14.55 16.31 167 14.57 16.32 168 14.60 16.33 169 14.62 16.34 170 14.64 16.35 171 14.66 16.36 172 14.68 16.38 173 14.70 16.39 174 14.72 16.40 175 14.75 16.41 176 14.77 16.42 177 14.79 16.44 178 14.81 16.45 179 14.83 16.46 180 14.85 16.47 181 14.87 16.48 182 14.89 16.50
Capacity(kW)
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Power Consumption(kW)
3.92 3.98 18.1 18.4 17.3
3.96 4.02 18.3 18.6 17.5
4.01 4.06 18.5 18.7 17.7
4.05 4.10 18.7 18.9 17.9
4.09 4.14 18.9 19.1 18.1
4.14 4.17 19.1 19.3 18.3
4.18 4.21 19.3 19.4 18.5
4.23 4.25 19.5 19.6 18.7
4.27 4.29 19.7 19.8 18.9
4.32 4.33 20.0 20.0 19.1
4.33 4.32 20.0 19.9 19.1
4.33 4.31 20.0 19.9 19.1
4.33 4.30 20.0 19.8 19.1
4.33 4.28 20.0
4.33 4.27 20.0 19.7 19.2
4.34 4.26 20.0 19.7 19.2
4.34 4.25 20.0 19.6 19.2
4.34 4.23 20.1 19.5 19.2
4.34 4.22 20.1 19.5 19.2
4.35 4.21 20.1 19.4 19.2
4.35 4.20 20.1 19.4 19.2
4.35 4.19 20.1 19.3 19.2
4.35 4.17 20.1 19.3 19.2
4.35 4.16 20.1 19.2 19.2
4.36 4.15 20.1 19.1 19.3
4.36 4.14 20.1 19.1 19.3
4.36 4.12 20.1 19.0 19.3
4.36 4.11 20.2
4.37 4.10 20.2 18.9 19.3
4.37 4.09 20.2
4.37 4.08 20.2 18.8 19.3
4.37 4.06 20.2 18.8 19.3
4.37 4.05 20.2 18.7 19.3
4.38 4.04 20.2 18.6 19.3
4.38 4.03 20.2
4.38 4.01 20.2 18.5 19.4
4.38 4.00 20.2
4.39 3.99 20.3 18.4 19.4
4.39 3.98 20.3
4.39 3.97 20.3 18.3 19.4
4.39 3.95 20.3 18.2 19.4
4.39 3.94 20.3
4.40 3.93 20.3 18.1 19.4
4.40 3.92 20.3 18.1 19.4
4.40 3.91 20.3
4.40 3.89 20.3 18.0 19.5
4.41 3.88 20.4
4.41 3.87 20.4 17.9 19.5
4.41 3.86 20.4 17.8 19.5
4.41 3.84 20.4 17.7 19.5
4.42 3.83 20.4
Current(A)/ 220V Current(A)/ 230V Current(A)/ 240V
17.6 16.6 16.9
17.8 16.8 17.0
17.9 17.0 17.2
18.1 17.1 17.3
18.3 17.3 17.5
18.4 17.5 17.7
18.6 17.7 17.8
18.8 17.9 18.0
18.9 18.1 18.1
19.1 18.3 18.3
19.1 18.3 18.3
19.0 18.3 18.2
19.8 19.1
19.0
18.9 18.3 18.1
18.3 18.2
18.9 18.4 18.1
18.8 18.4 18.0
18.7 18.4 18.0
18.7 18.4 17.9
18.6 18.4 17.9
18.6 18.4 17.8
18.5 18.4 17.8
18.5 18.4 17.7
18.4 18.4 17.7
18.4 18.4 17.6
18.3 18.4 17.5
18.3
18.5 17.5
18.2 18.5 17.4
19.0 19.3
18.2 18.5 17.4
18.1 18.5 17.3
18.9 19.3
18.0 18.5 17.3
18.0 18.5 17.2
17.9 18.5 17.2
17.9 18.5 17.1
17.8 18.5 17.1
18.6 19.3
17.8 18.5 17.0
17.7 18.6 17.0
18.5 19.4
17.7 18.6 16.9
17.6 18.6 16.9
18.4 19.4
17.6 18.6 16.8
17.5 18.6 16.8
17.5 18.6 16.7
18.2 19.4
17.4 18.6 16.7
17.3 18.6 16.6
17.3 18.6 16.6
18.0 19.4
17.2
18.6 16.5
17.2 18.6 16.5
17.9 19.5
17.1 18.7 16.4
17.1
18.7 16.4
17.0 18.7 16.3
17.0 18.7 16.3
17.7 19.5
16.9 18.7 16.2
4.42 3.82 20.4 17.6 19.5 16.9 18.7 16.2
14
5-2-3. PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS)
* Before calculating the sum of total capacity of indoor units, please convert the value into the kW model capacity
following the formula on 5-1-1.
Total capacity of
indoor units*
80 8.00 9.00 2.35 2.86 10.9 13.2 10.4 12.6 10.0 12.1 81 8.10 9.10 2.38 2.90 11.0 13.4 10.5 12.8 10.1 12.3 82 8.20 9.20 2.41 2.93 11.1 13.5 10.7 13.0 10.2 12.4 83 8.30 9.30 2.44 2.96 11.3 13.7 10.8 13.1 10.3 12.5 84 8.40 9.40 2.48 2.99 11.5 13.8 11.0 13.2 10.5 12.7 85 8.50 9.50 2.51 3.03 11.6 14.0 11.1 13.4 10.6 12.8 86 8.60 9.60 2.54 3.06 11.7 14.1 11.2 13.5 10.8 13.0 87 8.70 9.70 2.57 3.09 11.9 14.3 11.4 13.7 10.9 13.1 88 8.80 9.80 2.61 3.13 12.1 14.5 11.5 13.8 11.1 13.3 89 8.90 9.90 2.64 3.16 12.2 14.6 11.7 14.0 11.2 13.4 90 9.00 10.00 2.67 3.19 12.3 14.7 11.8 14.1 11.3 13.5 91 9.10 10.11 2.71 3.23 12.5 14.9 12.0 14.3 11.5 13.7 92 9.20 10.23 2.74 3.26 12.7 15.1 12.1 14.4 11.6 13.8 93 9.30 10.34 2.77 3.29 12.8 15.2 12.2 14.5 11.7 13.9 94 9.40 10.46 2.81 3.33 13.0 15.4 12.4 14.7 11.9 14.1 95 9.50 10.57 2.84 3.36 13.1 15.5 12.6 14.9 12.0 14.2 96 9.60 10.68 2.88 3.40 13.3 15.7 12.7 15.0 12.2 14.4 97 9.70 10.80 2.91 3.43 13.5 15.9 12.9 15.2 12.3 14.5 98 9.80 10.91 2.95 3.46 13.6 16.0 13.0 15.3 12.5 14.7 99 9.90 11.03 2.98 3.50 13.8 16.2 13.2 15.5 12.6 14.8
100 10.00 11.14 3.02 3.53 14.0 16.3 13.4 15.6 12.8 15.0 101 10.10 11.25 3.05 3.57 14.1 16.5 13.5 15.8 12.9 15.1 102 10.20 11.37 3.09 3.60 14.3 16.6 13.7 15.9 13.1 15.3 103 10.30 11.48 3.13 3.64 14.5 16.8 13.8 16.1 13.3 15.4 104 10.40 11.60 3.16 3.67 14.6 17.0 14.0 16.2 13.4 15.6 105 10.50 11.71 3.20 3.71 14.8 17.1 14.1 16.4 13.6 15.7 106 10.60 11.82 3.24 3.74 15.0 17.3 14.3 16.5 13.7 15.8 107 10.70 11.94 3.27 3.78 15.1 17.5 14.5 16.7 13.9 16.0 108 10.80 12.05 3.31 3.81 15.3 17.6 14.6 16.8 14.0 16.1 109 10.90 12.17 3.35 3.85 15.5 17.8 14.8 17.0 14.2 16.3 110 11.00 12.28 3.39 3.88 15.7 17.9 15.0 17.2 14.4 16.4 111 11.10 12.39 3.43 3.92 15.9 18.1 15.2 17.3 14.5 16.6 112 11.20 12.51 3.46 3.95 16.0 18.3 15.3 17.5 14.7 16.7 113 11.30 12.63 3.50 3.99 16.2 18.4 15.5 17.6 14.8 16.9 114 11.40 12.75 3.54 4.03 16.4 18.6 15.7 17.8 15.0 17.1 115 11.50 12.88 3.58 4.06 16.5 18.8 15.8 17.9 15.2 17.2 116 11.60 13.00 3.62 4.10 16.7 18.9 16.0 18.1 15.3 17.4 117 11.70 13.13 3.66 4.13 16.9 19.1 16.2 18.3 15.5 17.5 118 11.80 13.25 3.70 4.17 17.1 19.3 16.4 18.4 15.7 17.7 119 11.90 13.38 3.74 4.21 17.3 19.5 16.5 18.6 15.8 17.8 120 12.00 13.50 3.78 4.24 17.5 19.6 16.7 18.7 16.0 18.0 121 12.10 13.63 3.82 4.28 17.7 19.8 16.9 18.9 16.2 18.1 122 12.20 13.75 3.86 4.32 17.8 20.0 17.1 19.1 16.4 18.3 123 12.30 13.88 3.90 4.35 18.0 20.1 17.2 19.2 16.5 18.4 124 12.40 14.00 3.95 4.39 18.3 20.3 17.5 19.4 16.7 18.6 125 12.50 14.13 3.99 4.43 18.4 20.5 17.6 19.6 16.9 18.8 126 12.60 14.25 4.03 4.46 18.6 20.6 17.8 19.7 17.1 18.9 127 12.70 14.38 4.07 4.50 18.8 20.8 18.0 19.9 17.2 19.1 128 12.80 14.50 4.12 4.54 19.0 21.0 18.2 20.1 17.5 19.2 129 12.90 14.63 4.16 4.58 19.2 21.2 18.4 20.2 17.6 19.4 130 13.00 14.75 4.20 4.61 19.4 21.3 18.6 20.4 17.8 19.5 131 13.10 14.88 4.24 4.65 19.6 21.5 18.7 20.6 18.0 19.7 132 13.20 15.00 4.29 4.69 19.8 21.7 19.0 20.7 18.2 19.9 133 13.30 15.13 4.33 4.73 20.0 21.9 19.1 20.9 18.3 20.0 134 13.40 15.25 4.38 4.77 20.2 22.0 19.4 21.1 18.6 20.2 135 13.50 15.38 4.42 4.80 20.4 22.2 19.5 21.2 18.7 20.3 136 13.60 15.50 4.46 4.84 20.6 22.4 19.7 21.4 18.9 20.5 137 13.70 15.63 4.51 4.88 20.8 22.6 19.9 21.6 19.1 20.7 138 13.80 15.75 4.55 4.92 21.0 22.7 20.1 21.7 19.3 20.8 139 13.90 15.88 4.60 4.96 21.3 22.9 20.3 21.9 19.5 21.0 140 14.00 16.00 4.64 5.00 21.4 23.1 20.5 22.1 19.7 21.2 141 14.10 16.13 4.69 5.03 21.7 23.2 20.7 22.2 19.9 21.3 142 14.20 16.26 4.74 5.07 21.9 23.4 21.0 22.4 20.1 21.5 143 14.30 16.40 4.78 5.11 22.1 23.6 21.1 22.6 20.3 21.6 144 14.40 16.53 4.83 5.15 22.3 23.8 21.4 22.8 20.5 21.8 145 14.50 16.66 4.87 5.19 22.5 24.0 21.5 22.9 20.6 22.0
Capacity(kW
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
)
Power Consumption(kW)Current(A)/220V Current(A)/230V Current(A)/240V
15
)
Total capacity of
indoor units*
146 14.60 16.80 4.92 5.23 22.7 24.2 21.7 23.1 20.8 22.2 147 14.70 16.93 4.97 5.27 23.0 24.4 22.0 23.3 21.1 22.3 148 14.80 17.06 5.02 5.31 23.2 24.5 22.2 23.5 21.3 22.5 149 14.90 17.20 5.06 5.35 23.4 24.7 22.4 23.6 21.4 22.7 150 15.00 17.33 5.11 5.39 23.6 24.9 22.6 23.8 21.6 22.8 151 15.10 17.46 5.16 5.43 23.8 25.1 22.8 24.0 21.9 23.0 152 15.20 17.60 5.21 5.47 24.1 25.3 23.0 24.2 22.1 23.2 153 15.30 17.73 5.26 5.51 24.3 25.5 23.3 24.4 22.3 23.3 154 15.40 17.86 5.31 5.55 24.5 25.6 23.5 24.5 22.5 23.5 155 15.50 18.00 5.35 5.58 24.7 25.8 23.6 24.7 22.7 23.6 156 15.51 18.01 5.35 5.57 24.7 25.7 23.7 24.6 22.7 23.6 157 15.52 18.02 5.35 5.55 24.7 25.7 23.7 24.5 22.7 23.5 158 15.54 18.04 5.36 5.54 24.8 25.6 23.7 24.5 22.7 23.5 159 15.55 18.05 5.36 5.52 24.8 25.5 23.7 24.4 22.7 23.4 160 15.57 18.06 5.36 5.51 24.8 25.5 23.7 24.4 22.7 23.3 161 15.58 18.07 5.37 5.49 24.8 25.4 23.7 24.3 22.7 23.3 162 15.60 18.09 5.37 5.48 24.8 25.3 23.7 24.2 22.7 23.2 163 15.61 18.10 5.37 5.47 24.8 25.3 23.7 24.2 22.8 23.2 164 15.62 18.11 5.37 5.45 24.8 25.2 23.8 24.1 22.8 23.1 165 15.64 18.12 5.38 5.44 24.8 25.1 23.8 24.0 22.8 23.0 166 15.65 18.14 5.38 5.42 24.9 25.1 23.8 24.0 22.8 23.0 167 15.67 18.15 5.38 5.41 24.9 25.0 23.8 23.9 22.8 22.9 168 15.68 18.16 5.38 5.39 24.9 24.9 23.8 23.8 22.8 22.8 169 15.70 18.17 5.39 5.38 24.9 24.9 23.8 23.8 22.8 22.8 170 15.71 18.19 5.39 5.36 24.9 24.8 23.8 23.7 22.8 22.7 171 15.73 18.20 5.39 5.35 24.9 24.7 23.8 23.6 22.8 22.7 172 15.74 18.21 5.40 5.34 24.9 24.7 23.9 23.6 22.9 22.6 173 15.76 18.22 5.40 5.32 24.9 24.6 23.9 23.5 22.9 22.5 174 15.77 18.24 5.40 5.31 25.0 24.5 23.9 23.5 22.9 22.5 175 15.79 18.25 5.40 5.29 25.0 24.5 23.9 23.4 22.9 22.4 176 15.80 18.26 5.41 5.28 25.0 24.4 23.9 23.3 22.9 22.4 177 15.81 18.27 5.41 5.26 25.0 24.3 23.9 23.3 22.9 22.3 178 15.83 18.29 5.41 5.25 25.0 24.3 23.9 23.2 22.9 22.2 179 15.84 18.30 5.41 5.23 25.0 24.2 23.9 23.1 22.9 22.2 180 15.86 18.31 5.42 5.22 25.0 24.1 23.9 23.1 23.0 22.1 181 15.87 18.32 5.42 5.21 25.0 24.1 24.0 23.0 23.0 22.1 182 15.89 18.34 5.42 5.19 25.1 24.0 24.0 22.9 23.0 22.0 183 15.90 18.35 5.43 5.18 25.1 23.9 24.0 22.9 23.0 21.9 184 15.92 18.36 5.43 5.16 25.1 23.9 24.0 22.8 23.0 21.9 185 15.93 18.37 5.43 5.15 25.1 23.8 24.0 22.8 23.0 21.8 186 15.95 18.39 5.43 5.13 25.1 23.7 24.0 22.7 23.0 21.7 187 15.96 18.40 5.44 5.12 25.1 23.7 24.0 22.6 23.0 21.7 188 15.97 18.41 5.44 5.10 25.1 23.6 24.0 22.6 23.0 21.6 189 15.99 18.42 5.44 5.09 25.2 23.5 24.1 22.5 23.1 21.6 190 16.00 18.44 5.45 5.07 25.2 23.5 24.1 22.4 23.1 21.5 191 16.02 18.45 5.45 5.06 25.2 23.4 24.1 22.4 23.1 21.4 192 16.03 18.46 5.45 5.05 25.2 23.3 24.1 22.3 23.1 21.4 193 16.05 18.47 5.45 5.03 25.2 23.3 24.1 22.2 23.1 21.3 194 16.06 18.49 5.46 5.02 25.2 23.2 24.1 22.2 23.1 21.3 195 16.08 18.50 5.46 5.00 25.2 23.1 24.1 22.1 23.1 21.2 196 16.09 18.51 5.46 4.99 25.2 23.1 24.1 22.1 23.1 21.1 197 16.11 18.52 5.46 4.97 25.3 23.0 24.2 22.0 23.1 21.1 198 16.12 18.54 5.47 4.96 25.3 22.9 24.2 21.9 23.2 21.0 199 16.14 18.55 5.47 4.94 25.3 22.9 24.2 21.9 23.2 20.9 200 16.15 18.56 5.47 4.93 25.3 22.8 24.2 21.8 23.2 20.9 201 16.16 18.57 5.48 4.92 25.3 22.7 24.2 21.7 23.2 20.8 202 16.18 18.59 5.48 4.90 25.3 22.7 24.2 21.7 23.2 20.8 203 16.19 18.60 5.48 4.89 25.3 22.6 24.2 21.6 23.2 20.7 204 16.21 18.61 5.48 4.87 25.3 22.5 24.2 21.5 23.2 20.6 205 16.22 18.62 5.49 4.86 25.4 22.5 24.3 21.5 23.2 20.6 206 16.24 18.64 5.49 4.84 25.4 22.4 24.3 21.4 23.3 20.5 207 16.25 18.65 5.49 4.83 25.4 22.3 24.3 21.3 23.3 20.5 208 16.27 18.66 5.49 4.81 25.4 22.3 24.3 21.3 23.3 20.4
Capacity(kW
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Power Consumption(kW)Current(A)/220V Current(A)/230V Current(A)/240V
16
5-2-4. PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS)
* Before calculating the sum of total capacity of indoor units, please convert the value into the kW model capacity
following the formula on 5-1-1.
Total capacity of
indoor units
*
56 5.60 6.30 1.57 1.87 2.52 3.00 2.39 2.85 2.31 2.75 57 5.70 6.41 1.59 1.90 2.55 3.05 2.42 2.89 2.34 2.79 58 5.80 6.53 1.62 1.92 2.60 3.08 2.47 2.93 2.38 2.82 59 5.90 6.64 1.64 1.95 2.63 3.13 2.50 2.97 2.41 2.86 60 6.00 6.75 1.66 1.98 2.66 3.17 2.53 3.02 2.44 2.91 61 6.10 6.87 1.69 2.00 2.71 3.21 2.58 3.05 2.48 2.94 62 6.20 6.98 1.71 2.03 2.74 3.26 2.61 3.09 2.51 2.98 63 6.30 7.09 1.74 2.06 2.79 3.30 2.65 3.14 2.56 3.02 64 6.40 7.20 1.76 2.08 2.82 3.34 2.68 3.17 2.59 3.05 65 6.50 7.32 1.78 2.11 2.85 3.38 2.71 3.21 2.61 3.10 66 6.60 7.43 1.81 2.14 2.90 3.43 2.76 3.26 2.66 3.14 67 6.70 7.54 1.83 2.17 2.93 3.48 2.79 3.31 2.69 3.19 68 6.80 7.66 1.86 2.20 2.98 3.53 2.83 3.35 2.73 3.23 69 6.90 7.77 1.89 2.22 3.03 3.56 2.88 3.38 2.78 3.26 70 7.00 7.88 1.91 2.25 3.06 3.61 2.91 3.43 2.81 3.30 71 7.10 8.00 1.94 2.28 3.11 3.66 2.96 3.47 2.85 3.35 72 7.20 8.11 1.97 2.31 3.16 3.70 3.00 3.52 2.89 3.39 73 7.30 8.22 1.99 2.34 3.19 3.75 3.03 3.56 2.92 3.44 74 7.40 8.33 2.02 2.37 3.24 3.80 3.08 3.61 2.97 3.48 75 7.50 8.44 2.05 2.40 3.28 3.85 3.12 3.66 3.01 3.52 76 7.60 8.56 2.08 2.43 3.33 3.90 3.17 3.70 3.05 3.57 77 7.70 8.67 2.11 2.46 3.38 3.94 3.21 3.75 3.10 3.61 78 7.80 8.78 2.13 2.49 3.41 3.99 3.24 3.79 3.13 3.66 79 7.90 8.89 2.16 2.52 3.46 4.04 3.29 3.84 3.17 3.70 80 8.00 9.00 2.19 2.55 3.51 4.09 3.34 3.88 3.22 3.74 81 8.10 9.10 2.22 2.58 3.56 4.14 3.38 3.93 3.26 3.79 82 8.20 9.20 2.25 2.61 3.60 4.18 3.43 3.97 3.30 3.83 83 8.30 9.30 2.28 2.64 3.65 4.23 3.47 4.02 3.35 3.88 84 8.40 9.40 2.31 2.67 3.70 4.28 3.52 4.07 3.39 3.92 85 8.50 9.50 2.35 2.70 3.76 4.33 3.58 4.11 3.45 3.96 86 8.60 9.60 2.38 2.74 3.81 4.39 3.62 4.17 3.49 4.02 87 8.70 9.70 2.41 2.77 3.86 4.44 3.67 4.22 3.54 4.07 88 8.80 9.80 2.44 2.80 3.91 4.49 3.72 4.26 3.58 4.11 89 8.90 9.90 2.47 2.83 3.96 4.54 3.76 4.31 3.63 4.15 90 9.00 10.00 2.51 2.86 4.02 4.58 3.82 4.35 3.68 4.20 91 9.10 10.10 2.54 2.90 4.07 4.65 3.87 4.42 3.73 4.26 92 9.20 10.22 2.57 2.93 4.12 4.70 3.91 4.46 3.77 4.30 93 9.30 10.33 2.60 2.96 4.16 4.74 3.96 4.51 3.82 4.34 94 9.40 10.45 2.64 3.00 4.23 4.81 4.02 4.57 3.88 4.40 95 9.50 10.56 2.67 3.03 4.28 4.86 4.07 4.61 3.92 4.45 96 9.60 10.67 2.71 3.06 4.34 4.90 4.13 4.66 3.98 4.49 97 9.70 10.79 2.74 3.10 4.39 4.97 4.17 4.72 4.02 4.55 98 9.80 10.90 2.78 3.13 4.45 5.02 4.23 4.77 4.08 4.59
99 9.90 11.02 2.81 3.17 4.50 5.08 4.28 4.83 4.12 4.65 100 10.00 11.13 2.85 3.20 4.56 5.13 4.34 4.87 4.18 4.70 101 10.10 11.24 2.88 3.24 4.61 5.19 4.39 4.93 4.23 4.75 102 10.20 11.36 2.92 3.27 4.67 5.24 4.45 4.98 4.29 4.80 103 10.30 11.47 2.96 3.31 4.74 5.30 4.51 5.04 4.34 4.86 104 10.40 11.59 2.99 3.34 4.79 5.35 4.55 5.08 4.39 4.90 105 10.50 11.70 3.03 3.38 4.85 5.42 4.61 5.15 4.45 4.96 106 10.60 11.81 3.07 3.41 4.91 5.46 4.67 5.19 4.51 5.00 107 10.70 11.93 3.11 3.45 4.98 5.53 4.74 5.25 4.56 5.06 108 10.80 12.04 3.14 3.48 5.03 5.58 4.78 5.30 4.61 5.11 109 10.90 12.16 3.18 3.52 5.09 5.64 4.84 5.36 4.67 5.17 110 11.00 12.27 3.22 3.56 5.15 5.70 4.90 5.42 4.73 5.22
111 11.10 12.38 3.26 3.59 5.22 5.75 4.96 5.47 4.78 5.27 112 11.20 12.50 3.30 3.63 5.28 5.81 5.02 5.52 4.84 5.32 113 11.22 12.51 3.31 3.62 5.30 5.80 5.04 5.51 4.86 5.31 114 11.24 12.53 3.31 3.61 5.30 5.78 5.04 5.50 4.86 5.30 115 11.26 12.54 3.32 3.60 5.31 5.77 5.05 5.48 4.87 5.28 116 11.28 12.55 3.32 3.59 5.31 5.75 5.05 5.47 4.87 5.27 117 11.30 12.56 3.32 3.58 5.31 5.74 5.05 5.45 4.87 5.25 118 11.32 12.57 3.33 3.56 5.33 5.70 5.07 5.42 4.89 5.22 119 11.34 12.58 3.33 3.55 5.33 5.69 5.07 5.40 4.89 5.21 120 11.36 12.60 3.34 3.54 5.35 5.67 5.08 5.39 4.90 5.19
Capacity(kW)
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Power Consumption(kW)
Current(A)/380V Current(A)/400V Current(A)/415V
17
Total capacity of Capacity(kW)
indoor units
121 11.38 12.61 3.34 3.53 5.35 5.66 5.08 5.37 4.90 5.18 122 11.40 12.62 3.34 3.52 5.35 5.64 5.08 5.36 4.90 5.17 123 11.42 12.63 3.35 3.51 5.36 5.62 5.10 5.34 4.92 5.15 124 11.44 12.64 3.35 3.50 5.36 5.61 5.10 5.33 4.92 5.14 125 11.47 12.66 3.36 3.48 5.38 5.58 5.12 5.30 4.93 5.11 126 11.49 12.67 3.36 3.47 5.38 5.56 5.12 5.28 4.93 5.09 127 11.51 12.68 3.36 3.46 5.38 5.54 5.12 5.27 4.93 5.08 128 11.53 12.69 3.37 3.45 5.39 5.53 5.13 5.25 4.95 5.06 129 11.55 12.70 3.37 3.44 5.39 5.51 5.13 5.24 4.95 5.05 130 11.57 12.71 3.38 3.43 5.41 5.50 5.15 5.22 4.96 5.03 131 11.59 12.73 3.38 3.41 5.41 5.46 5.15 5.19 4.96 5.00 132 11.61 12.74 3.38 3.40 5.41 5.45 5.15 5.18 4.96 4.99 133 11.63 12.75 3.39 3.39 5.43 5.43 5.16 5.16 4.97 4.97 134 11.65 12.76 3.39 3.38 5.43 5.42 5.16 5.15 4.97 4.96 135 11.67 12.77 3.40 3.37 5.44 5.40 5.18 5.13 4.99 4.95 136 11.69 12.78 3.40 3.36 5.44 5.38 5.18 5.12 4.99 4.93 137 11.71 12.80 3.40 3.34 5.44 5.35 5.18 5.08 4.99 4.90 138 11.73 12.81 3.41 3.33 5.46 5.34 5.19 5.07 5.00 4.89 139 11.75 12.82 3.41 3.32 5.46 5.32 5.19 5.05 5.00 4.87 140 11.77 12.83 3.42 3.31 5.47 5.30 5.21 5.04 5.02 4.86 141 11.79 12.84 3.42 3.30 5.47 5.29 5.21 5.02 5.02 4.84 142 11.82 12.86 3.42 3.29 5.47 5.27 5.21 5.01 5.02 4.83 143 11.84 12.87 3.43 3.27 5.49 5.24 5.22 4.98 5.03 4.80 144 11.86 12.88 3.43 3.26 5.49 5.22 5.22 4.96 5.03 4.78 145 11.88 12.89 3.44 3.25 5.51 5.21 5.24 4.95 5.05 4.77
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
*
Power Consumption(kW)
Current(A)/380V Current(A)/400V Current(A)/415V
18
5-2-5. PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS)
* Before calculating the sum of total capacity of indoor units, please convert the value into the kW model capacity
following the formula on 5-1-1.
Total capacity of
indoor units
*
70 7.00 7.88 1.80 2.04 2.88 3.27 2.74 3.10 2.64 3.00
71 7.10 8.00 1.83 2.06 2.93 3.30 2.79 3.13 2.69 3.02
72 7.20 8.11 1.85 2.09 2.96 3.35 2.82 3.18 2.72 3.07
73 7.30 8.22 1.88 2.11 3.01 3.38 2.86 3.21 2.76 3.10
74 7.40 8.33 1.91 2.14 3.06 3.43 2.91 3.26 2.81 3.14
75 7.50 8.44 1.93 2.17 3.09 3.48 2.94 3.30 2.83 3.19
76 7.60 8.56 1.96 2.19 3.14 3.51 2.98 3.33 2.88 3.22
77 7.70 8.67 1.99 2.22 3.19 3.56 3.03 3.38 2.92 3.26
78 7.80 8.78 2.01 2.25 3.22 3.61 3.06 3.42 2.95 3.30
79 7.90 8.89 2.04 2.28 3.27 3.66 3.10 3.47 3.00 3.35
80 8.00 9.00 2.07 2.30 3.32 3.69 3.15 3.50 3.04 3.38
81 8.10 9.10 2.10 2.33 3.36 3.74 3.20 3.55 3.08 3.42
82 8.20 9.20 2.12 2.36 3.40 3.78 3.23 3.59 3.11 3.46
83 8.30 9.30 2.15 2.39 3.44 3.83 3.27 3.64 3.16 3.51
84 8.40 9.40 2.18 2.42 3.49 3.88 3.32 3.68 3.20 3.55
85 8.50 9.50 2.21 2.44 3.54 3.91 3.36 3.71 3.24 3.58
86 8.60 9.60 2.24 2.47 3.59 3.96 3.41 3.76 3.29 3.63
87 8.70 9.70 2.27 2.50 3.64 4.01 3.45 3.80 3.33 3.67
88 8.80 9.80 2.30 2.53 3.68 4.06 3.50 3.85 3.38 3.71
89 8.90 9.90 2.33 2.56 3.73 4.10 3.55 3.89 3.42 3.76
90 9.00 10.00 2.36 2.59 3.78 4.15 3.59 3.94 3.46 3.80
91 9.10 10.10 2.39 2.62 3.83 4.20 3.64 3.99 3.51 3.85
92 9.20 10.22 2.42 2.65 3.88 4.25 3.68 4.03 3.55 3.89
93 9.30 10.33 2.45 2.68 3.92 4.30 3.73 4.08 3.60 3.93
94 9.40 10.45 2.49 2.71 3.99 4.34 3.79 4.12 3.66 3.98
95 9.50 10.56 2.52 2.74 4.04 4.39 3.83 4.17 3.70 4.02
96 9.60 10.67 2.55 2.77 4.08 4.44 3.88 4.21 3.74 4.07
97 9.70 10.79 2.58 2.80 4.13 4.49 3.92 4.26 3.79 4.11
98 9.80 10.90 2.62 2.83 4.20 4.54 3.99 4.30 3.85 4.15
99 9.90 11.02 2.65 2.86 4.24 4.58 4.03 4.35 3.89 4.20
100 10.00 11.13 2.68 2.89 4.29 4.63 4.08 4.40 3.93 4.24 101 10.10 11.24 2.72 2.92 4.36 4.68 4.14 4.44 3.99 4.29 102 10.20 11.36 2.75 2.96 4.40 4.74 4.18 4.50 4.04 4.34 103 10.30 11.47 2.79 2.99 4.47 4.79 4.24 4.55 4.10 4.39 104 10.40 11.59 2.82 3.02 4.52 4.84 4.29 4.59 4.14 4.43 105 10.50 11.70 2.86 3.05 4.58 4.89 4.35 4.64 4.20 4.48 106 10.60 11.81 2.89 3.08 4.63 4.94 4.40 4.68 4.24 4.52 107 10.70 11.93 2.93 3.12 4.69 5.00 4.46 4.75 4.30 4.58 108 10.80 12.04 2.96 3.15 4.74 5.05 4.50 4.79 4.34 4.62 109 10.90 12.16 3.00 3.18 4.80 5.10 4.56 4.84 4.40 4.67 110 11.00 12.27 3.04 3.21 4.87 5.14 4.62 4.88 4.46 4.71
111 11.10 12.38 3.07 3.25 4.91 5.21 4.67 4.94 4.51 4.77 112 11.20 12.50 3.11 3.28 4.98 5.26 4.73 4.99 4.56 4.81 113 11.30 12.63 3.15 3.31 5.04 5.30 4.79 5.03 4.62 4.86 114 11.40 12.75 3.19 3.35 5.11 5.37 4.85 5.09 4.68 4.92 115 11.50 12.88 3.22 3.38 5.15 5.42 4.90 5.14 4.73 4.96 116 11.60 13.00 3.26 3.42 5.22 5.48 4.96 5.20 4.78 5.02 117 11.70 13.13 3.30 3.45 5.28 5.53 5.02 5.25 4.84 5.06 118 11.80 13.25 3.34 3.49 5.35 5.59 5.08 5.31 4.90 5.12 119 11.90 13.38 3.38 3.52 5.41 5.64 5.14 5.35 4.96 5.17 120 12.00 13.50 3.42 3.55 5.47 5.69 5.20 5.40 5.02 5.21 121 12.10 13.63 3.46 3.59 5.54 5.75 5.26 5.46 5.08 5.27 122 12.20 13.75 3.50 3.62 5.60 5.80 5.32 5.51 5.14 5.31 123 12.30 13.88 3.54 3.66 5.67 5.86 5.38 5.57 5.19 5.37 124 12.40 14.00 3.58 3.70 5.73 5.93 5.44 5.63 5.25 5.43 125 12.50 14.13 3.62 3.73 5.79 5.98 5.51 5.67 5.31 5.47 126 12.60 14.25 3.66 3.77 5.86 6.04 5.57 5.73 5.37 5.53 127 12.70 14.38 3.70 3.80 5.92 6.09 5.63 5.78 5.43 5.58 128 12.80 14.50 3.74 3.84 5.99 6.15 5.69 5.84 5.49 5.63 129 12.90 14.63 3.79 3.88 6.07 6.22 5.76 5.90 5.56 5.69 130 13.00 14.75 3.83 3.91 6.13 6.26 5.82 5.95 5.62 5.74
Capacity(kW)
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Power Consumption(kW)
Current(A)/380V Current(A)/400V Current(A)/415V
19
Total capacity of
indoor units
*
131 13.10 14.88 3.87 3.95 6.19 6.33 5.88 6.01 5.68 5.80 132 13.20 15.00 3.91 3.99 6.26 6.39 5.95 6.07 5.74 5.85 133 13.30 15.13 3.96 4.02 6.34 6.44 6.02 6.11 5.81 5.90 134 13.40 15.25 4.00 4.06 6.40 6.51 6.08 6.17 5.87 5.96 135 13.50 15.38 4.04 4.10 6.47 6.57 6.14 6.23 5.93 6.02 136 13.60 15.50 4.09 4.14 6.55 6.63 6.22 6.30 6.00 6.07 137 13.70 15.63 4.13 4.17 6.61 6.68 6.28 6.34 6.06 6.12 138 13.80 15.75 4.18 4.21 6.69 6.75 6.36 6.40 6.13 6.18 139 13.90 15.88 4.22 4.25 6.75 6.81 6.42 6.46 6.19 6.24 140 14.00 16.00 4.27 4.29 6.83 6.87 6.49 6.52 6.26 6.29 141 14.02 16.01 4.28 4.28 6.84 6.86 6.50 6.51 6.27 6.28 142 14.04 16.02 4.28 4.27 6.85 6.84 6.50 6.49 6.28 6.26 143 14.06 16.03 4.28 4.26 6.85 6.82 6.51 6.47 6.28 6.24 144 14.08 16.04 4.28 4.24 6.85 6.80 6.51 6.45 6.28 6.23 145 14.10 16.06 4.28 4.23 6.86 6.78 6.51 6.43 6.29 6.21 146 14.12 16.07 4.29 4.22 6.86 6.76 6.52 6.42 6.29 6.19 147 14.15 16.08 4.29 4.21 6.86 6.74 6.52 6.40 6.29 6.17 148 14.17 16.09 4.29 4.19 6.87 6.72 6.52 6.38 6.29 6.15 149 14.19 16.10 4.29 4.18 6.87 6.70 6.53 6.36 6.30 6.14 150 14.21 16.12 4.30 4.17 6.87 6.68 6.53 6.34 6.30 6.12 151 14.23 16.13 4.30 4.16 6.88 6.66 6.53 6.32 6.30 6.10 152 14.25 16.14 4.30 4.15 6.88 6.64 6.54 6.31 6.31 6.08 153 14.27 16.15 4.30 4.13 6.88 6.62 6.54 6.29 6.31 6.07 154 14.30 16.16 4.30 4.12 6.89 6.61 6.54 6.27 6.31 6.05 155 14.32 16.17 4.31 4.11 6.89 6.59 6.55 6.25 6.32 6.03 156 14.34 16.19 4.31 4.10 6.90 6.57 6.55 6.23 6.32 6.01 157 14.36 16.20 4.31 4.09 6.90 6.55 6.55 6.21 6.32 6.00 158 14.38 16.21 4.31 4.07 6.90 6.53 6.56 6.20 6.33 5.98 159 14.40 16.22 4.32 4.06 6.91 6.51 6.56 6.18 6.33 5.96 160 14.42 16.23 4.32 4.05 6.91 6.49 6.56 6.16 6.33 5.94 161 14.45 16.25 4.32 4.04 6.91 6.47 6.57 6.14 6.34 5.92 162 14.47 16.26 4.32 4.03 6.92 6.45 6.57 6.12 6.34 5.91 163 14.49 16.27 4.32 4.01 6.92 6.43 6.57 6.10 6.34 5.89 164 14.51 16.28 4.33 4.00 6.92 6.41 6.58 6.09 6.35 5.87 165 14.53 16.29 4.33 3.99 6.93 6.39 6.58 6.07 6.35 5.85 166 14.55 16.31 4.33 3.98 6.93 6.37 6.58 6.05 6.35 5.84 167 14.57 16.32 4.33 3.97 6.93 6.35 6.59 6.03 6.36 5.82 168 14.60 16.33 4.34 3.95 6.94 6.33 6.59 6.01 6.36 5.80 169 14.62 16.34 4.34 3.94 6.94 6.32 6.59 5.99 6.36 5.78 170 14.64 16.35 4.34 3.93 6.95 6.30 6.60 5.98 6.37 5.77 171 14.66 16.36 4.34 3.92 6.95 6.28 6.60 5.96 6.37 5.75 172 14.68 16.38 4.34 3.91 6.95 6.26 6.61 5.94 6.37 5.73 173 14.70 16.39 4.35 3.89 6.96 6.24 6.61 5.92 6.38 5.71 174 14.72 16.40 4.35 3.88 6.96 6.22 6.61 5.90 6.38 5.69 175 14.75 16.41 4.35 3.87 6.96 6.20 6.62 5.88 6.38 5.68 176 14.77 16.42 4.35 3.86 6.97 6.18 6.62 5.87 6.39 5.66 177 14.79 16.44 4.36 3.84 6.97 6.16 6.62 5.85 6.39 5.64 178 14.81 16.45 4.36 3.83 6.97 6.14 6.63 5.83 6.39 5.62 179 14.83 16.46 4.36 3.82 6.98 6.12 6.63 5.81 6.40 5.61 180 14.85 16.47 4.36 3.81 6.98 6.10 6.63 5.79 6.40 5.59 181 14.87 16.48 4.36 3.80 6.98 6.08 6.64 5.77 6.40 5.57 182 14.89 16.50 4.37 3.78 6.99 6.06 6.64 5.76 6.41 5.55
Capacity(kW)
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Power Consumption(kW)
Current(A)/380V Current(A)/400V Current(A)/415V
20
5-2-6. PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
* Before calculating the sum of total capacity of indoor units, please convert the value into the kW model capacity
following the formula on 5-1-1.
Total capacity of
indoor units
*
80 8.00 9.00 2.34 2.73 3.75 4.37 3.56 4.16 3.44 4.01 81 8.10 9.10 2.37 2.76 3.80 4.42 3.61 4.20 3.48 4.05 82 8.20 9.20 2.40 2.79 3.84 4.47 3.66 4.25 3.52 4.10 83 8.30 9.30 2.43 2.82 3.89 4.52 3.70 4.29 3.57 4.14 84 8.40 9.40 2.46 2.86 3.94 4.58 3.75 4.35 3.61 4.20 85 8.50 9.50 2.49 2.89 3.99 4.63 3.79 4.40 3.66 4.24 86 8.60 9.60 2.53 2.92 4.05 4.67 3.85 4.45 3.71 4.29 87 8.70 9.70 2.56 2.95 4.10 4.72 3.90 4.49 3.76 4.33 88 8.80 9.80 2.59 2.98 4.15 4.77 3.94 4.54 3.80 4.37 89 8.90 9.90 2.62 3.01 4.20 4.82 3.99 4.58 3.85 4.42 90 9.00 10.00 2.66 3.04 4.26 4.87 4.05 4.63 3.90 4.46 91 9.10 10.11 2.69 3.08 4.31 4.93 4.10 4.69 3.95 4.52 92 9.20 10.23 2.72 3.11 4.36 4.98 4.14 4.74 3.99 4.56 93 9.30 10.34 2.76 3.14 4.42 5.03 4.20 4.78 4.05 4.61 94 9.40 10.46 2.79 3.17 4.47 5.07 4.25 4.83 4.10 4.65 95 9.50 10.57 2.83 3.21 4.53 5.14 4.31 4.89 4.15 4.71 96 9.60 10.68 2.86 3.24 4.58 5.19 4.35 4.93 4.20 4.75 97 9.70 10.80 2.89 3.27 4.63 5.23 4.40 4.98 4.24 4.80 98 9.80 10.91 2.93 3.30 4.69 5.28 4.46 5.02 4.30 4.84
99 9.90 11.03 2.97 3.34 4.75 5.35 4.52 5.08 4.36 4.90 100 10.00 11.14 3.00 3.37 4.80 5.39 4.57 5.13 4.40 4.95 101 10.10 11.25 3.04 3.40 4.87 5.44 4.63 5.18 4.46 4.99 102 10.20 11.37 3.07 3.43 4.91 5.49 4.67 5.22 4.51 5.03 103 10.30 11.48 3.11 3.47 4.98 5.55 4.74 5.28 4.56 5.09 104 10.40 11.60 3.14 3.50 5.03 5.60 4.78 5.33 4.61 5.14 105 10.50 11.71 3.18 3.53 5.09 5.65 4.84 5.37 4.67 5.18 106 10.60 11.82 3.22 3.57 5.15 5.71 4.90 5.43 4.73 5.24 107 10.70 11.94 3.26 3.60 5.22 5.76 4.96 5.48 4.78 5.28 108 10.80 12.05 3.29 3.63 5.27 5.81 5.01 5.53 4.83 5.33 109 10.90 12.17 3.33 3.67 5.33 5.87 5.07 5.59 4.89 5.39 110 11.00 12.28 3.37 3.70 5.39 5.92 5.13 5.63 4.95 5.43
111 11.10 12.39 3.41 3.74 5.46 5.99 5.19 5.69 5.00 5.49 112 11.20 12.51 3.45 3.77 5.52 6.03 5.25 5.74 5.06 5.53 113 11.30 12.63 3.48 3.80 5.57 6.08 5.30 5.78 5.11 5.58 114 11.40 12.75 3.52 3.84 5.63 6.15 5.36 5.85 5.17 5.63 115 11.50 12.88 3.56 3.87 5.70 6.19 5.42 5.89 5.22 5.68 116 11.60 13.00 3.60 3.91 5.76 6.26 5.48 5.95 5.28 5.74 117 11.70 13.13 3.64 3.94 5.83 6.31 5.54 6.00 5.34 5.78 118 11.80 13.25 3.68 3.98 5.89 6.37 5.60 6.06 5.40 5.84 119 11.90 13.38 3.72 4.01 5.95 6.42 5.66 6.10 5.46 5.88 120 12.00 13.50 3.76 4.05 6.02 6.48 5.72 6.16 5.52 5.94 121 12.10 13.63 3.80 4.08 6.08 6.53 5.78 6.21 5.58 5.99 122 12.20 13.75 3.84 4.12 6.15 6.59 5.85 6.27 5.63 6.04 123 12.30 13.88 3.88 4.15 6.21 6.64 5.91 6.32 5.69 6.09 124 12.40 14.00 3.92 4.19 6.27 6.71 5.97 6.38 5.75 6.15 125 12.50 14.13 3.97 4.22 6.35 6.75 6.04 6.42 5.82 6.19 126 12.60 14.25 4.01 4.26 6.42 6.82 6.10 6.48 5.88 6.25 127 12.70 14.38 4.05 4.29 6.48 6.87 6.16 6.53 5.94 6.29 128 12.80 14.50 4.09 4.33 6.55 6.93 6.23 6.59 6.00 6.35 129 12.90 14.63 4.13 4.36 6.61 6.98 6.29 6.64 6.06 6.40 130 13.00 14.75 4.18 4.40 6.69 7.04 6.36 6.70 6.13 6.46 131 13.10 14.88 4.22 4.44 6.75 7.11 6.42 6.76 6.19 6.51 132 13.20 15.00 4.26 4.47 6.82 7.15 6.48 6.80 6.25 6.56 133 13.30 15.13 4.31 4.51 6.90 7.22 6.56 6.86 6.32 6.62 134 13.40 15.25 4.35 4.54 6.96 7.27 6.62 6.91 6.38 6.66 135 13.50 15.38 4.39 4.58 7.03 7.33 6.68 6.97 6.44 6.72 136 13.60 15.50 4.44 4.62 7.11 7.39 6.76 7.03 6.51 6.78 137 13.70 15.63 4.48 4.65 7.17 7.44 6.82 7.08 6.57 6.82 138 13.80 15.75 4.53 4.69 7.25 7.51 6.89 7.14 6.65 6.88 139 13.90 15.88 4.57 4.73 7.31 7.57 6.96 7.20 6.70 6.94 140 14.00 16.00 4.62 4.76 7.39 7.62 7.03 7.24 6.78 6.98 141 14.10 16.13 4.66 4.80 7.46 7.68 7.09 7.31 6.84 7.04 142 14.20 16.26 4.71 4.84 7.54 7.75 7.17 7.37 6.91 7.10 143 14.30 16.40 4.76 4.87 7.62 7.79 7.24 7.41 6.98 7.14
Capacity(kW)
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Power Consumption(kW)
Current(A)/380V Current(A)/400V Current(A)/415V
21
Total capacity of
indoor units
144 14.40 16.53 4.80 4.91 7.68 7.86 7.31 7.47 7.04 7.20 145 14.50 16.66 4.85 4.95 7.76 7.92 7.38 7.53 7.11 7.26 146 14.60 16.80 4.89 4.99 7.83 7.99 7.44 7.59 7.17 7.32 147 14.70 16.93 4.94 5.02 7.91 8.03 7.52 7.64 7.25 7.36 148 14.80 17.06 4.99 5.06 7.99 8.10 7.59 7.70 7.32 7.42 149 14.90 17.20 5.04 5.10 8.07 8.16 7.67 7.76 7.39 7.48 150 15.00 17.33 5.08 5.14 8.13 8.23 7.73 7.82 7.45 7.54 151 15.10 17.46 5.13 5.17 8.21 8.27 7.81 7.87 7.53 7.58 152 15.20 17.60 5.18 5.21 8.29 8.34 7.88 7.93 7.60 7.64 153 15.30 17.73 5.23 5.25 8.37 8.40 7.96 7.99 7.67 7.70 154 15.40 17.86 5.28 5.29 8.45 8.47 8.04 8.05 7.75 7.76 155 15.50 18.00 5.32 5.32 8.51 8.51 8.09 8.09 7.80 7.80 156 15.51 18.01 5.32 5.31 8.52 8.49 8.10 8.08 7.81 7.79 157 15.52 18.02 5.32 5.29 8.52 8.47 8.10 8.06 7.81 7.77 158 15.54 18.04 5.33 5.28 8.52 8.45 8.11 8.04 7.81 7.74 159 15.55 18.05 5.33 5.27 8.53 8.43 8.11 8.01 7.82 7.72 160 15.57 18.06 5.33 5.25 8.53 8.40 8.12 7.99 7.82 7.70 161 15.58 18.07 5.34 5.24 8.54 8.38 8.12 7.97 7.83 7.68 162 15.60 18.09 5.34 5.22 8.54 8.36 8.12 7.95 7.83 7.66 163 15.61 18.10 5.34 5.21 8.55 8.34 8.13 7.93 7.83 7.64 164 15.62 18.11 5.34 5.20 8.55 8.32 8.13 7.91 7.84 7.62 165 15.64 18.12 5.35 5.18 8.56 8.29 8.14 7.89 7.84 7.60 166 15.65 18.14 5.35 5.17 8.56 8.27 8.14 7.87 7.85 7.58 167 15.67 18.15 5.35 5.16 8.56 8.25 8.14 7.85 7.85 7.56 168 15.68 18.16 5.35 5.14 8.57 8.23 8.15 7.83 7.85 7.54 169 15.70 18.17 5.36 5.13 8.57 8.21 8.15 7.80 7.86 7.52 170 15.71 18.19 5.36 5.11 8.58 8.18 8.16 7.78 7.86 7.50 171 15.73 18.20 5.36 5.10 8.58 8.16 8.16 7.76 7.87 7.48 172 15.74 18.21 5.37 5.09 8.59 8.14 8.17 7.74 7.87 7.46 173 15.76 18.22 5.37 5.07 8.59 8.12 8.17 7.72 7.87 7.44 174 15.77 18.24 5.37 5.06 8.59 8.10 8.17 7.70 7.88 7.42 175 15.79 18.25 5.37 5.05 8.60 8.07 8.18 7.68 7.88 7.40 176 15.80 18.26 5.38 5.03 8.60 8.05 8.18 7.66 7.89 7.38 177 15.81 18.27 5.38 5.02 8.61 8.03 8.19 7.64 7.89 7.36 178 15.83 18.29 5.38 5.00 8.61 8.01 8.19 7.62 7.89 7.34 179 15.84 18.30 5.38 4.99 8.62 7.99 8.19 7.59 7.90 7.32 180 15.86 18.31 5.39 4.98 8.62 7.96 8.20 7.57 7.90 7.30 181 15.87 18.32 5.39 4.96 8.63 7.94 8.20 7.55 7.91 7.28 182 15.89 18.34 5.39 4.95 8.63 7.92 8.21 7.53 7.91 7.26 183 15.90 18.35 5.40 4.94 8.63 7.90 8.21 7.51 7.91 7.24 184 15.92 18.36 5.40 4.92 8.64 7.88 8.22 7.49 7.92 7.22 185 15.93 18.37 5.40 4.91 8.64 7.85 8.22 7.47 7.92 7.20 186 15.95 18.39 5.40 4.89 8.65 7.83 8.22 7.45 7.93 7.18 187 15.96 18.40 5.41 4.88 8.65 7.81 8.23 7.43 7.93 7.16 188 15.97 18.41 5.41 4.87 8.66 7.79 8.23 7.41 7.93 7.14 189 15.99 18.42 5.41 4.85 8.66 7.77 8.24 7.39 7.94 7.12 190 16.00 18.44 5.41 4.84 8.66 7.74 8.24 7.36 7.94 7.10 191 16.02 18.45 5.42 4.82 8.67 7.72 8.24 7.34 7.95 7.08 192 16.03 18.46 5.42 4.81 8.67 7.70 8.25 7.32 7.95 7.06 193 16.05 18.47 5.42 4.80 8.68 7.68 8.25 7.30 7.95 7.04 194 16.06 18.49 5.43 4.78 8.68 7.66 8.26 7.28 7.96 7.02 195 16.08 18.50 5.43 4.77 8.69 7.63 8.26 7.26 7.96 7.00 196 16.09 18.51 5.43 4.76 8.69 7.61 8.27 7.24 7.97 6.98 197 16.11 18.52 5.43 4.74 8.70 7.59 8.27 7.22 7.97 6.96 198 16.12 18.54 5.44 4.73 8.70 7.57 8.27 7.20 7.97 6.94 199 16.14 18.55 5.44 4.71 8.70 7.54 8.28 7.18 7.98 6.92 200 16.15 18.56 5.44 4.70 8.71 7.52 8.28 7.15 7.98 6.90 201 16.16 18.57 5.44 4.69 8.71 7.50 8.29 7.13 7.99 6.88 202 16.18 18.59 5.45 4.67 8.72 7.48 8.29 7.11 7.99 6.86 203 16.19 18.60 5.45 4.66 8.72 7.46 8.29 7.09 7.99 6.84 204 16.21 18.61 5.45 4.65 8.73 7.43 8.30 7.07 8.00 6.82 205 16.22 18.62 5.46 4.63 8.73 7.41 8.30 7.05 8.00 6.79 206 16.24 18.64 5.46 4.62 8.73 7.39 8.31 7.03 8.01 6.77 207 16.25 18.65 5.46 4.60 8.74 7.37 8.31 7.01 8.01 6.75 208 16.27 18.66 5.46 4.59 8.74 7.35 8.31 6.99 8.01 6.73
*
Capacity(kW)
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Power Consumption(kW)
Current(A)/380V Current(A)/400V Current(A)/415V
22
5-3. CORRECTING COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITY
5-3-1. Correcting Changes in Air Conditions
(1) The performance curve charts (Figure 1, 2) show the change ratio of capacity and input (power consumption) according to the
indoor and outdoor temperature condition when defining the rated capacity (total capacity) and rated input under the standard condition in standard piping length (5 m) as “1.0”.
• Standard conditions:
Rated cooling capacity
Rated heating capacity
• Use the rated capacity and rated input given in “5-2.”.
• The input is the single value on the side of the outdoor unit; the input on the sides of each indoor unit must be added to obtain the total input.
(2) The capacity of each indoor unit may be obtained by multiplying the total capacity obtained in (1) by the ratio between the
individual capacity at the rated time and the total capacity at the rated time.
Individual capacity under stated conditions = total capacity under the stated conditions o
(3) Capacity correction factor curve
Figure 1. PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
Indoor D.B. 27˚C / W.B. 19˚C Outdoor D.B. 35˚C
Indoor D.B. 20˚C Outdoor D.B. 7˚C / W.B. 6˚C
individual capacity at the rated time
total capacity at the rated time
Figure 2. PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
Cooling
Capacity
(ratio)
Cooling
Power
consumption
(ratio)
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
Cooling performance curve
22 20 18 16
INDOOR
<W.B. :>
22
20 18 16
INDOOR
<W.B. :>
Heating
Capacity
(ratio)
Heating Power consumption (ratio)
Heating performance curve
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
15
20
25
INDOOR
<D.B. :>
INDOOR
<D.B. :>
20
15
25
0.4
-5 0 10 20 30 40 46
Outdoor <D.B. :>
0.4
-10-15 -5 0 5 10 15
Outdoor <W.B. :>
23
5-3-2. Correcting Capacity for Changes in the Length of Refrigerant Piping
(1) During cooling, obtain the ratio (and the equivalent piping length) of the outdoor units rated capacity and the total in-use
indoor capacity, and find the capacity ratio corresponding to the standard piping length from Figure 3. Then multiply by the cooling capacity from Figure 1 to obtain the actual capacity.
(2) During heating, find the equivalent piping length, and find the capacity ratio corresponding to standard piping length from
Figure 3. Then multiply by the heating capacity from Figure 2 to obtain the actual capacity.
(1) Capacity CORRECTION CURVE (Figure 3)
Cooling
100
Heating
95
Heating P100, 125, 140 models
90
85
Cooling P100 model
80
Capacity ratio [%]
75
Cooling P125 model
Cooling P140 model
70
5 101520253035404550556065707580
[m]
Corrected pipe length
(2) Method for Obtaining the Equivalent Piping Length
Equivalent length for type P100·125·140 = (length of piping to farthest indoor unit) + (0.3 o number of bends in the piping) (m)
Length of piping to farthest indoor unit: type P100~P140.....80m
5-3-3. Correction of Heating Capacity for Frost and Defrosting
If heating capacity has been reduced due to frost formation or defrosting, multiply the capacity by the appropriate correction factor from the following table to obtain the actual heating capacity.
Correction factor diagram
Outdoor Intake temperature (W.B.°C)
Correction factor
6420-2-4-6-8-10
1.0 0.98 0.89 0.88 0.89 0.9 0.95 0.95 0.95
24
5-4. NOISE CRITERION CURVES
PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS)
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
APPROXIMATE
20
THRESHOLD OF HEARING FOR CONTINUOUS
OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB (0 dB = 0.0002 μbar)
NOISE
10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz
MODE
COOLING
HEATING
SPL(dB)
49 51
LINE
NC-70
NC-60
NC-50
NC-40
NC-30
NC-20
PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS)
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
APPROXIMATE
20
THRESHOLD OF HEARING FOR CONTINUOUS
OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB (0 dB = 0.0002 μbar)
NOISE
10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz
MODE COOLING HEATING
SPL(dB)
50 52
LINE
NC-70
NC-60
NC-50
NC-40
NC-30
NC-20
PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
APPROXIMATE
20
THRESHOLD OF HEARING FOR CONTINUOUS NOISE
OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB (0 dB = 0.0002 μbar)
10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz
MODE
COOLING
HEATING
SPL(dB)
51 53
LINE
NC-70
NC-60
NC-50
NC-40
NC-30
NC-20
MICROPHONE
1m
UNIT
1.5m
GROUND
25
6
45 40
65
92
27 55
23 73 63
Rear piping hole
(Knockout)
Rear trunking hole
(Knockout)
Power supply wiring hole
(2-:27Knockout)
19 55
92
75 40
73 63 23
27 92
Right piping hole
(Knockout)
Right trunking hole
(Knockout)
Power supply wiring hole
(2-:27Knockout)
n92
92
65
4540
27 55
23
73 63
Front piping hole
(Knockout)
Front trunking hole
(Knockout)
Power supply wiring hole
(2-:27Knockout)
n92
14514522030 145
81 219
71
71
Bottom piping hole
(Knockout)
Drain hole
(5-:33)
600175 175
28 370
70
56
42
56
37
19
53
417
330
Installation Feet
2-12%36 Oval holes
(Foundation Bolt M10)
2-U Shaped notched holes
(Foundation Bolt M10)
30
1088
322
635
371
950
23
1350
+1 423
+1 507
Handle for moving
1
2
Ground for the power supply
("GR"marking position)
Ground for the transmission line
Ground for concentration control
Terminal block
Left·········For the power supply
Center····For the transmission line
Right·······For concentration control
( )
Less than
Over
Over
Over
Over
Handle for moving
Side Air Intake
Front piping cover
Rear piping cover
Air intake
Rear Air Intake
Handle for moving
Handle for moving
Service panel
Handle for moving
The diagram below shows a
basic example.
Explanation of particular details is
given in the installation manuals etc.
Dimensions of space needed
for service access are
shown in the below diagram.
<Foundation bolt height>
Please secure the unit
firmly with 4 foundation (M10)
bolts.(Bolts and washers must
be purchased locally.)
Air Discharge
Rear Air Intake
Side Air Intake
Refrigerant GAS pipe connection(FLARE):15.88(5/8 inch)
Refrigerant LIQUID pipe connection(FLARE): 9.52(3/8 inch)
+1·····Indication of STOP VALVE connection location.
Example of Notes
Piping Knockout Hole Details
1 FREE SPACE (Around the unit)
2 SERVICE SPACE 3 FOUNDATION BOLTS
4 PIPING-WIRING DIRECTIONS
Piping and wiring connections
can be made from 4 directions:
front, right, rear and below.
30
FOUNDATION
150
500
500
10
Service space
Over 10
Over 10
FREE
Over 150Over 1000
:
92
OUTLINES AND DIMENSIONS
PUMY-P100/125/140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100/125/140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100/125/140VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P100/125/140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100/125/140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100/125/140YHMBR2(-BS)
Unit : mm
26
7
WIRING DIAGRAM
PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS)
63H
TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4
(WHT)
7
(WHT)
7
2
3
21S4
RED
BLU
GRN/YLW
CNF1
CNF2
3
1
CNDC (PNK)
X504
21S4
1
(GRN)
TH8
63HS
63HS
(WHT)
CE
3
TRANS
3
4
7
2
2
WHT
+
RED
TH7/6 (RED)
X503
1
141
SV2
(BLU)
P. B .
1
(WHT) 6 1
(WHT)
7 1
2 1
2 1
2
TH3
(WHT)
SV1
CNAF
CN2
CN3
(WHT)
CN5
(RED)
CN4 (WHT) TABN
TABP
SYMBOL NAME
TB1 Terminal Block <Power Supply> TB3 Terminal Block <Communication Line> TB7 Terminal Block < MC Motor For Compressor MF1,MF2 Fan Motor 21S4 Solenoid Valve<Four-Way Valve> 63H High Pressure Switch 63L Low Pressure Switch 63HS High Pressure Sensor SV1 Solenoid Valve<Bypass valve> TH3 TH4 Thermistor<Discharge/Compressor> TH6 Thermistor<Low Pressure Saturated> TH7 TH8 DCL ACTM CE Main Smoothing Capacitor P.B. Power Circuit Board
N.F. Noise Filter Circuit Board
C.B.
M-NET P.B.
Thermistor<Outdoor Pipe>
Thermistor<Outdoor> Thermistor<Heatsink> Reactor
Active Filter Module
Connection Terminal<U/V/W-Phase>
TABU/V/W TABS/T
Connection Terminal<L/N-Phase> Connection Terminal<DC Voltage>
TABP1/P2/P
Connection Terminal<DC Voltage>
TABN1/N2/N
Diode Bridge
DS2,DS3
Power Module
IPM
Connection Terminal<L-Phase>
LI/LO NI/NO
Connection Terminal<N-Phase> Connection Terminal<Ground>
EI,E2 52C
52C Relay Controller Circuit Board
SW1
Switch<Display Selection>
SW2
Switch<Function Selection>
SW3
Switch<Test Run>
SW4
Switch<Model Selection>
SW5
Switch<Function Selection>
SW6
Switch<Function Selection>
SW7
Switch<Function Selection>
SW8
Switch<Function Selection>
SWU1
Switch<Unit Address Selection, 1st digit>
SWU2
Switch<Unit Address Selection, 2nd digit>
CNLVB
Connector<To N.F. Board CN52C> (Symbol of Board is CNLVB)
SS
Connector<Connection For Option>
CN3D
Connector<Connection For Option>
CN3S
Connector<Connection For Option>
CN3N
Connector<Connection For Option>
CN51
Connector<Connection For Option>
LED1,LED2
F1,F2 X501~505
TP1
LED<Operation Inspection Display>
LED3
LED<Power Supply to Main Microprocessor> Fuse<T6,3AL250V> Relay M-NET Power Circuit Board ConnectionTerminal<Ground>
Centralized Control Line>
MULTI. B.
MF1
1
MS
3~
MF2
1
MS
3~
X505
52C
13
(BLK)
TB3
2
RED
M1
M2
RED
S
TO INDOOR UNIT CONNECTING WIRES DC 30V(Non-polar)
TB7
2
YLW
M1
M2
YLW
S
FOR CENTRALIZED CONTROL DC 30V(Non-polar)
POWER SUPPLY ~/N 230V 50Hz
TB1
L
N
Cautions when Servicing
WARNING: When the main supply is turned off, the voltage [340 V] in the main capacitor will drop to 20 V in approx. 2 minutes (input voltage:
!
230 V). When servicing, make sure that LED1, LED2 on the outdoor circuit board goes out, and then wait for at least 1 minute.
• Components other than the outdoor board may be faulty: Check and take corrective action, referring to the service manual. Do not replace the outdoor board without checking.
NOTES:
• Refer to the wiring diagrams of the indoor units for details on wiring of each indoor unit. Self-diagnosis function The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch (SW1) and LED1, LED2 (LED indication) found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit. LED indication : Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF.
• During normal operation The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit.
Bit
Indication
• When fault requiring inspection has occurred, the LED alternately indicates the inspection code and the location of the unit in which the fault has occurred.
1
Compressor operated
2
52C321S44SV15(SV2)
67
63L
2112
TH4
(WHT)
113
63L
(RED)
3
63H
(YLW)
F1
F2
X501
X502
SV1
1
3
12 12
(WHT)
TABP2
RED
BLK
IPM
RED
(WHT)
+
TABV
TAB U
RED
WHT
V
U
MS
3~
DCL
+
-
ACTM
Always lit
SS
L1 L2
CN3D
(WHT)
131313
LED3
CNAC (RED)
2
CNDC
(PIN)
1
3
-
+
TAB W
BLK
W
MC
8
CN3S
CN3N
(RED)
(BLU)
16
1
CN51
(WHT)
CN2
(WHT)
1
CNS2
CNS1
(YLW)
(RED)
1
1
2
2
22
DS3
­+
2
DS2
­+
TAB N1
U
BLK
TAB N2
WHT
4
16
RED
P
N1 N2
WHT
Io
is the switch position.
CNLVB
(RED)
7
7
TABT
TABS
TABP1
5
CN4
(WHT)
1
2
SWU2 SWU1
2
+
2
CN41
(WHT)
1
4
BLU
WHT
RED
1
2
2
CN40
(WHT)
4
SW5
LED1
3
1
4
1
3
1
(RED)
CNAC2
(WHT)
CNAC1
SW6
SW7SW3SW4
LED2
CN102 (WHT)
LO
L I
RED
SW2SW8SW1
4
1
WHT
52C
U
NO
N I
BLU
+1 MODEL SELECT 1:ON 0:OFF
MODELS
PUMY-P100VHMB PUMY-P125VHMB PUMY-P140VHMB
[Example] When the compressor and SV1 are turned on during cooling operation.
12345678
4
1
CN2
(WHT)
CN1
(WHT)
5
N. F.
BLU
1
2
(BLK)
CN52C
E2
1
2
CN5
(RED)
E I
U
123456 010010
010001 010011
M-NET P.B.
4
TP1
1
2
BLK
2
BLK
SW4
BLK
2
27
PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
63H
SYMBOL NAME
TB1 TB3 TB7 MC Motor For Compressor MF1,MF2 Fan Motor 21S4 Solenoid Valve<Four-Way Valve> 63H High Pressure Switch 63L Low Pressure Switch 63HS SV1 Solenoid Valve<Bypass Valve> TH3 TH4 Thermistor<Discharge/Compressor> TH6 Thermistor<Low Pressure Saturated> TH7 Thermistor<Outdoor> RS Rush Current Protect Resistor ACL1~ACL4 CB1,CB2 Main Smoothing Capacitor CK Capacitor P.B. Power Circuit Board
N.F.
CONV.B.
C.B. Controller Circuit Board
M-NET P.B.
Terminal Block <Power Supply> Terminal Block <Communication Line> Terminal Block <Centralized Control Line>
High Pressure Sensor
Thermistor<Outdoor Pipe>
Reactor
TB-U/V/W
Connection Terminal<U/V/W-Phase>
TB-L1/L2/L3
Connection Terminal<L1/L2/L3-Power Supply>
Connection Terminal
TB-P2
Connection Terminal
TB-C1
Connection Terminal
TB-N1 X52A
Relay Noise Filter Circuit Board
LO1/LO2/LO3/NO
Connection Terminal<L1/L2/L3-Power Supply>
LI1/LI2/LI3/NI
Connection Terminal<L1/L2/L3-Power Supply>
GD1,GD3
Connection Terminal<Ground> Converter Circuit Board
L1-A1/IN
Connection Terminal<L1-Power Supply>
L1-A2/OU
Connection Terminal<L1-Power Supply>
L2-A2/OU
Connection Terminal<L2-Power Supply>
L3-A2/OU
Connection Terminal<L3-Power Supply>
N-IN
Connection Terminal
CK-OU
Connection Terminal
SW1
Switch<Display Selection>
SW2
Switch<Function Selection>
SW3
Switch<Test Run>
SW4
Switch<Model Selection>
SW5
Switch<Function Selection>
SW6
Switch<Function Selection>
SW7
Switch<Function Selection>
SW8
Switch<Function Selection>
SWU1
Switch<Unit Address Selection, 1st digit>
SWU2
Switch<Unit Address Selection, 2nd digit>
SS
Connector<Connection For Option>
CN3D
Connector<Connection For Option>
CN3S
Connector<Connection For Option>
CN3N
Connector<Connection For Option>
CN51
Connector<Connection For Option>
LED1,LED2
LED<Operation Inspection Display>
LED3
LED<Power Supply to Main Microprocessor>
F1,F2
Fuse<T6.3AL250V>
X501~X505
Relay M-NET Power Circuit Board
TP1
Connection Terminal<Ground>
+1 MODEL SELECT 1:ON 0:OFF
MODELS
PUMY-P100YHMB PUMY-P125YHMB PUMY-P140YHMB
C. B.
MF1
1
MS
3~
MF2
1
MS
3~
2
X505
52C
13
(BLK)
TB3
2
RED
M1
M2
RED
S
TO INDOOR UNIT
CONNECTING WIRES
DC 30V(Non-polar)
TB7
2
YLW
M1
M2
YLW
S
FOR CENTRALIZED
CONTROL
DC 30V(Non-polar)
TB1
RED
L1
WHT
L2
BLK
L3
BLU
N
POWER SUPPLY 3N~ 400V 50Hz
GRN/YLW
SW4 123456 110010 110001 110011
CNF1 (WHT)
7
CNF2 (WHT)
7
3
3
21S4
1
CNDC (PNK)
X504
1
(GRN)
21S4
N. F.
LI1
LI2
LI3
NI
63HS
63HS
(WHT)
TRANS
3
U
TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4
°
3
141 TH7/6
TH3
(RED)
(WHT)
X503
SV2
1
(BLU)
SV1
P. B.
2
2
RED
RS
RED
U
U
U
U
BLK
Cautions when Servicing
WARNING: When the main supply is turned off, the voltage [570 V] in the main capacitor will drop to 20 V in approx. 5 minutes
!
(input voltage: 400 V). When servicing, make sure that LED1 and LED2 on the outdoor circuit board goes out, and then wait for at least 5 minute.
Components other than the outdoor board may be faulty: Check and take corrective action, referring to the service manual.
Do not replace the outdoor board without checking.
NOTES:
• Refer to the wiring diagrams of the indoor units for details on wiring of each indoor unit. Self-diagnosis function The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch (SW1), LED1 and LED2 (LED indication) found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit. LED indication : Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF.
• During normal operation The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit.
Bit
Indication
• When fault requiring inspection has occurred, the LED alternately indicates the inspection code and the location of the unit in which the fault has occurred.
1
Compressor operated
2
52C321S44SV15(SV2)6—
7
63L
t° t° t° t
2112
TH4
(WHT)
113
(RED)
3
63H
(YLW)
X502
SV1
12 12
3
(WHT)
7
3
1
13 CN7
(WHT)
2
CN4
(WHT)
1
CN5
2
(RED)
1
X52A
CNAC1
13 13
(WHT)
63L
X501
1
(WHT)
(WHT)
F1
F2
SS
2
CN2
TB-P2
CN3D
CN3S
(WHT)
(RED)
131313
LED3
CNS1 (RED)
1
CNAC (RED)
7
+
-
+
-
+
++
CB1
2
TB-C1
CB2
1
+
CN3N
(BLU)
CN2
(WHT)
CNS2 (YLW)
1
22
1
CN51
(WHT)
2
TB-V
TB-L3
TB-L2
TB-L1
7
TB-W
TB-U
TB-N1
CK
CNCT (RED)
7
+
CNAC1
(WHT)
1
3
GD3GD1
BLK
2
CNDC
(PNK)
3
1
3
2
WHT
[Example] When the compressor and SV1 are turned on during cooling operation.
12345678
8
Always lit
SWU2 SWU1
5
CN4
(WHT)
2
1
2
CN41
(WHT)
4
BLK WHT RED
BLK WHT RED
3
22
1
2
+
U
-
1
CNL
(BLU)
WHT
is the switch position.
SW5
+
1
LED1
CN40 (WHT)
1
1
4
MC
W
V
MS
3~
U
BLK
3
1
CNAC2
(RED)
LO1
LO2
LO3
NO
SW6
SW2SW8SW1
SW7SW3SW4
LED2
CN102 (WHT)
1
4
4
M-NET P.B.
WHT
BLK
L3-A2
L3-OU
Conv.B.
CN7
(WHT)
L1-A1
RED
RED
RED
WHT
BLK
BLU
ACL4
WHT
L2-OU
L1-IN
BLU
4
1
(WHT)
5
L2-A2
CN2
(WHT)
CN1
RED
N-IN
TP1
2
L1-OU
ACL1
ACL2
ACL3
4
BLK
1
RED
L1-A2
CK-OU
BLK
28
8
NECESSARY CONDITIONS FOR SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION
8-1. TRANSMISSION SYSTEM SETUP
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
005
Remote
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
004
003
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
Remote
Remote
105
controller
controller
controller
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
Indoor unitIndoor unitIndoor unitIndoor unitIndoor unit
006
007
Address SWAddress SWAddress SWAddress SWAddress SW
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
157
Remote
controller
107
Remote
controller
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
Address SWAddress SW
11
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
008
Piping
For remote
051
Outdoor unit
Transmission wire
controller
Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
002
001
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
Address SW Address SW Address SW Address SW Address SW
connected to each refrigerant
system (outdoor and indoor).
A transmission wire must be
Set addresses:
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
102 104 154
Remote
controller
101
1111
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
Address SW Address SW Address SW Address SW Address SW
1
Remote
controller
Outdoor unit ..............051-100
Indoor unit .................001-050
Remote controller .....101-200
The address automatically become
"100" if it is set as "01~50".
PUMY has no 100ths digit switch.
For remote
056
Outdoor unit
controller
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
009
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
010
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
3
2
4
1
5
0
6
9
7
8
For centralized
management
29
For centralized
management
8-2. REFRIGERANT SYSTEM DIAGRAM PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS)
PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS)
Unit: mm <inch>
Service port
Refrigerant Gas pipe
<5/8>
Thermistor<Saturation temperature of suction pressure> (TH6)
Check valve<Low pressure>
Refrigerant Liquid pipe
<3/8>
Service port
Ball valve
Accumulator
Stop valve
Strainer
Strainer
4-way valve
Solenoid valve (SV1)
Capillary tube
Strainer
Low pressure switch(63L)
Pressure sensor (63HS)
Check valve <High pressure>
Oil separator
Strainer
Compressor
High pressure switch (63H)
Discharge thermistor (TH4)
Heatsink thermistor (TH8)
Refrigerant flow in cooling Refrigerant flow in heating
Thermistor (TH7) (Outdoor temperature)
Distributor
Thermistor (TH3)
(Pipe temperature)
PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
Unit: mm <inch>
Service port
Refrigerant Gas pipe
<5/8>
Check valve<Low pressure> Thermistor<Saturation temperature of suction pressure> (TH6)
Ball valve
Accumulator
Strainer
4-way valve
Solenoid valve (SV1)
Capillary tube
Strainer
Low pressure switch(63L)
Check valve <High pressure>
Pressure sensor (63HS)
High pressure switch (63H)
Oil separator
Strainer
Compressor thermistor (TH4)
Compressor
Thermistor (TH7) (Outdoor temperature)
Distributor
Thermistor (TH3)
(Pipe temperature)
Stop valve
Refrigerant Liquid pipe
<3/8>
Service port
Strainer
Capillary tube for oil separator : :2.5 % :0.8 % L1000 Refrigerant piping specifications <dimensions of flared connector>
Capacity
Indoor unit
Outdoor unit
Item
P15, P20, P25, P32, P40, P50
P63, P80, P100
P125, P140
P100, P125, P140
Liquid piping
:6.35 <1/4>
:9.52 <3/8>
:9.52 <3/8>
30
Heatsink thermistor (TH8)
Refrigerant flow in cooling Refrigerant flow in heating
Gas piping
:12.7 <1/2>
:15.88 <5/8>
:15.88 <5/8>
8-3. SYSTEM CONTROL
8-3-1. Example for the System
• Example for wiring control cables, wiring method and address setting, permissible lengths, and the prohibited items are listed in the standard system with detailed explanation. The explanation for the system in this section : Use 1 single outdoor unit and multiple outdoor units for M-NET remote control
system. Use 1 single outdoor unit and multiple indoor units in the multiple outdoor units for the M-NET remote control system.
A. Example of a M-NET remote controller system (address setting is necessary.)
Example of wiring control cables Wiring Method and Address Setting
1. Standard operation
L
TB7
1
S
L3
l1
TB3
M1M2
OC
51
SAB
• 1 remote controller for each indoor unit.
• There is no need for setting the 100 position on the remote controller.
2. Operation using 2 remote controllers
OC
51
TB3
TB7
M1M2
SAB
S
AB AB AB AB
• Using 2 remote controllers
for each indoor unit.
101
RC
(Main)
TB5
M1M2
AB
101
RC
TB5
M1M2
IC
01
TB15
S12
IC
01
TB15
S12
151
RC
(Sub)
L2
IC
02
TB5
TB15
M1M2
S12
l2
AB
102
RC
IC
02
TB5
TB15
M1M2
S12
102
RC
(Main)
152
RC
(Sub)
a. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1 and M2 on
transmission cable block (TB3) for the outdoor unit (OC) to terminals M1 and M2 on the transmission cable block (TB5) of each indoor unit (IC). Use non­polarized 2 wire.
b. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on transmission cable
terminal block (TB5) for each indoor unit with the terminal block (TB6) for the remote controller (RC).
c. Set the address setting switch (on outdoor unit P.C.B)
as shown below.
Unit
Indoor unit (IC)
Outdoor unit
(OC)
Remote
controller (RC)
Range
001 to 050
051 to 100
101 to 150
Setting Method
— Use the smallest address of all the indoor unit plus 50. Indoor unit address plus
100.
a. Same as above. b. Same as above. c. Set address switch (on outdoor unit P.C.B) as
shown below.
Unit
Indoor Unit (IC)
Outdoor unit
(OC)
Main Remote
Controller (RC)
Sub Remote
Controller (RC)
Range
001 to 050
051 to 100
101 to 150
151 to 200
Setting Method
— Use the smallest address of all the indoor units plus 50. Indoor unit address plus
100. Indoor unit address plus
150.
3. Group operation
OC
51
TB3
TB7
M1M2
SAB
S
• Multiple indoor units operated
TB5
M1M2
AB
101
RC
IC(Main)
01
S12
TB15
together by 1 remote controller
Combinations of 1through 3 above are possible.
TB5
M1M2
31
IC(Sub)
02
TB15
S122
a. Same as above. b. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on transmission cable
terminal block (TB5) of the IC main unit with the most recent address within the same indoor unit (IC) group to terminal block (TB6) on the remote controller.
c. Set the address setting switch (on outdoor unit P.C.B)
as shown below.
Unit
IC (Main)
IC (Sub)
Outdoor Unit
Main Remote
Controller
Sub Remote
Controller
Range
001 to 050
001 to 050
051 to 100
101 to 150
151 to 200
Use the smallest address within the same group of indoor units. Use an address, other than that of the IC (Main) from among the units within the same group of indoor units. This must be in sequence with the IC (Main). Use the smallest address of all the indoor units plus 50. Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 100.
Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 150.
Setting Method
d. Use the indoor unit (IC) within the group with the
most functions as the IC (Main) unit.
• Name, Symbol and the Maximum Remote controller Units for Connection Name Symbol Maximum units for connection
Outdoor unit OC
Indoor unit IC 1 OC unit can be connected to 1~8 (P100)/1~10 (P125)/1~12 (P140) IC units
M-NET remote
controller
RC
Maximum 2 RC for 1 indoor unit, Maximum 12 RC for 1 OC
Permissible Lengths Prohibited items
Longest transmission cable length (1.25 mm²) L
1 + L2, L2 + L3, L3 + L1 [ 200m
Remote controller cable length
1. If 0.5 to 1.25 mm²
R
1, R2 [10m
2. If the length exceeds 10 meters, the exceeding section should be
1.25 mm² and that section should be a value within the total exten­sion length of the transmission cable and maximum transmis­sion cable length. (L
3)
Same as above
M-NET remote controller (RC) and MA remote controller (MA) cannot be used together.
• Do not connect anything with TB15 of indoor unit (IC).
TB3
M1M2
M1M2
OC
51
TB7
SAB
TB3
S
OC
51
TB7
SAB
S
IC
01
TB5
TB15
M1M2
S12
TB5
M1M2
AB
101
RC
IC
01
TB15
S12
TB5
M1M2
IC
02
TB15
S12
TB5
M1M2
IC
02
TB15
S12
AB
TB15
MA
• Use the indoor unit (IC) address plus 150 as the sub remote controller address. In this case, it should be 152.
• 3 or more remote con-
AB AB AB AB AB
101
RC
(Main)
151
RC
(Sub)
102
RC
(Main)
103
RC
(Sub)
104
RC
troller (RC) cannot be connected to 1 indoor unit.
Same as above
TB3
M1M2
OC
51
TB7
SAB
IC(Main)
01
TB5
TB15
S12
S
M1M2
TB5
M1M2
IC(Sub)
02
S122
TB15
• The remote controller address is the indoor unit main address plus
AB
100. In this case, it should be 101.
102
RC
32
B. Example of a group operation system with 2 or more outdoor units and a M-NET remote controller.
(Address settings are necessary.)
L1
L2
Examples of Transmission Cable Wiring
L6L7
: Group 1: Group 3: Group 5: Shielded Wire: Sub Remote Controller
( ): Address
OC
(51)
TB3
M1M2S
M1 M2 S
TB7
OC
(53)
TB3
M1M2 S
M1 M2 S
TB7
Power Supply
Unit
M1M2S
G-50A
M1M2S
IC
(01)
TB5
M1 M2 S
1
N
AB AB AB
(101)
RC
L3
IC
(03)
TB5
M1 M2 S
IC
(02)
TB5
M1 M2 S
L4
IC
(04)
TB5
M1 M2 S
L5
4
N
AB
(104)
RC
TB5
M1 M2 S
IC
(06)
IC
(05)
TB5
M1 M2 S
2
N
N
3
(105)
(155)
RC
RC
IC
(07)
TB5
M1 M2 S
a. Always use shielded wire when making connections between the outdoor unit (OC) and the indoor unit (IC), as well
for all OC-OC, and IC-IC wiring intervals.
b. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1 and M2 and the ground terminal on the transmission cable terminal block (TB3)
of each outdoor unit (OC) to terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal S on the transmission cable block of the indoor unit (IC).
c. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on the transmission cable terminal block of the indoor unit (IC) that has the most
recent address within the same group to the terminal block on the remote controller (RC).
d. Connect together terminals M1, M2 and terminal S on the terminal block for central control (TB7) for the outdoor unit
(OC). e. DO NOT change the jumper connector CN41 on MULTI controller board. f. The earth processing of S terminal for the centralized control terminal block (TB7) is unnecessary. Connect the termi-
nal S on the power supply unit with the earth. g. Set the address setting switch as follows.
Unit Range Setting Method
IC (Main) 01 to 00
IC (Sub) 01 to 50
Wiring Method Address Settings
Outdoor Unit 51 to 100
Main Remote Controller 101 to 150
Sub Remote Controller 151 to 200
MA Remote Controller
Use the smallest address within the same group of indoor units. Use an address, other than the IC (Main) in the same group of indoor units. This must be in sequence with the IC (Main). Use the smallest address of all the indoor units plus 50.
*The address automatically becomes “100” if it is set as “01 - 50”. Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 100.
Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 150.
Unnecessary address setting (Necessary main/ sub setting)
h. The group setting operations among the multiple indoor units is done by the remote controller (RC) after the electrical
power has been turned on.
33
• Name, Symbol, and the Maximum Units for Connection
• Longest length via outdoor units : L1+L2+L3+L4, L1+L2+L3+L5, L1+L2+L6+L7 [ 500 meters (1.25mm²)
• Longest transmission cable length : L
• Remote controller cable length : R
1, L3+L4, L3+L5, L6, L2+L6, L7 [ 200 meters (1.25mm²)
1,R2, R2+R3, R4 [ 10 meters (0.5 to 1.25mm²)
If the length exceeds 10 meters, use a 1.25 mm² shielded wire. The length of this sec-
8) should be included in the calculation of the maximum length and overall length.
tion (L
Permissible Length
Prohibited items
: Group 1: Group 3: Group 5: Shielded Wire: Sub Remote Controller
( ): Address
OC
(51)
TB3
M1M2S
M1 M2 S
TB7
OC
(53)
TB3
M1M2 S
M1 M2 S
TB7
Power Supply
Unit
M1M2S
G-50A
M1M2S
IC
(01)
TB5
M1 M2 S
AB AB AB
(101)
RC
IC
(03)
TB5
M1 M2 S
TB5
M1 M2 S
TB5
M1 M2 S
AB
(104)
RC
(02)
(04)
IC
IC
TB5
M1 M2 S
(105)
RC
TB5
M1 M2 S
IC
(05)
(155)
IC
(07)
RC
IC
(06)
TB5
M1 M2 S
• Never connect together the terminal blocks (TB5) for transmission wires for indoor units (IC) that have been connected to different outdoor units (OC).
• Set all addresses to ensure that they are not overlapped.
• M-NET remote controller and MA remote controller cannot be connected with the indoor unit of the same group wiring together.
34
C. Example of a MA remote controller system (address setting is not necessary.) NOTE : In the case of same group operation, need to set the address that is only main indoor unit.
Example of wiring control cables Wiring Method and Address Setting
1. Standard operation
a. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1 and M2
on transmission cable block (TB3) for the outdoor
L
TB3
M1M2
S
OC
00
TB7
M1M2
1 L2
TB5
S
M1M2
IC
00
TB15
S12
TB5
M1M2
IC
00
TB15
S12
unit (OC) to terminals M1 and M2 on the transmis­sion cable block (TB5) of each indoor unit (IC). Use non-polarized 2 wire.
b. Connect terminals 1 and 2 on transmission cable
terminal block (TB15) for each indoor unit with the terminal block for the MA remote controller (MA).
• 1 remote controller for each indoor unit.
2. Operation using two remote controllers
OC
00
IC
00
TB3
TB7
M1M2
SM1M2
S
• Using 2 remote controllers
TB5
TB15
M1M2
S12
N3
AB
MA
for each indoor unit.
3. Group operation
OC
00
IC
00
TB3
M1M2
TB7
S
M1M2
S
TB5
M1M2
S12
N7
N1
AB
TB5
M1M2
N
4
N5
AB AB
MA
TB15
IC
00
TB15
S12
MA MA
TB5
M1M2
AB
MAMA
AB
IC
00
TB15
S12
N2
a. The same as above. b. The same as above. c. In the case of using 2 remote controllers, connect
terminals 1 and 2 on transmission cable terminal block (TB15) for each indoor unit with the terminal block for 2 remote controllers.
N
6
· Set the sub remote controller position for one of MA remote controller’s main switch.
Refer to the installation manual of MA remote con-
troller.
a. The same as above. b. The same as above. c. Connect terminals 1 and 2 on transmission cable
terminal block (TB15) of each indoor unit, which is doing group operation with the terminal block the MA remote controller. Use non-polarized 2 wire.
d. In the case of same group operation, need to set the
address that is only main indoor unit. Please set the smallest address within number 01-50 of the indoor unit with the most functions in the same group.
AB
• Multiple indoor units operated
MA
together by 1 remote controller.
Combinations of 1 through 3 above are possible.
N8
35
Permissible Lengths Prohibited items
Longest transmission cable length L
1 + L2 [ 200m (1.25 mm²)
MA remote controller cable length
R
1, R2 [ 200m (0.3 ~ 1.25 mm²)
Longest transmission cable length The same as above. MA remote controller cable length
R
3 +R4, R5 +R6 [ 200m
(0.3 ~ 1.25 mm²)
TB3
M1M2
OC
00
S
OC
00
TB7
M1M2
The MA remote controller and the M-NET remote controller cannot be used together with the indoor unit of the same group.
IC
00
TB5
TB15
M1M2
S
AB
RC
S12
AB
TB5
M1M2
IC
00
TB15
S12
AB
MAMA
3 MA remote controller or more cannot be connected with the indoor unit of the same group.
IC
00
IC
00
Longest transmission cable length The same as above. MA remote controller cable length
R
7 +R8 [ 200m (0.3 ~ 1.25 mm²)
TB3
M1M2
TB3
M1M2
S
OC
00
S
TB7
M1M2
TB7
M1M2
TB5
TB15
M1M2
S
AB AB
S12
AB
MA
AB AB
MA
TB5
M1M2
TB15
S12
MA MAMA
The second MA remote controller is connected with the terminal block (TB15) for the MA remote controller of the same indoor unit (IC) as the first remote control.
IC
00
TB5
TB15
M1M2
S
S12
TB5
M1M2
IC
00
TB15
S12
36
AB
MA
AB
MA
D. Example of a group operation with 2 or more outdoor units and a MA remote controller.
(Address settings are necessary.)
L1
(51)
M1 M2 S
TB7
L2
Examples of Transmission Cable Wiring
L6L7
(53)
M1 M2 S
TB7
Power Supply
Unit
M1M2
G-50A
M1M2
: Group 1: Group 3: Group 5: Shielded Wire: Sub Remote Controller
( ): Address
OC
M1M2S
OC
TB3
TB3
M1M2S
S
S
IC
(05)
TB15
12
ABABAB
MAMAMA
IC
(07)
TB15
12
IC
m
(06)
TB15
TB5
12
M1 M2 S
1
m4
m
3
m
IC
(01)
TB5 TB15
M1 M2 1 2S
m3
MA
L3
IC
(03)
TB15
TB5
12
M1 M2 S
IC
2 2
m
(02)
TB15
TB5
12
M1 M2 S
1
m
TB5
M1 M2 S
L4
IC
(04)
TB5
M1 M2 S
TB15 12
AB
TB5
M1 M2 S
1
m
a. Always use shielded wire when making connections between the outdoor unit (OC) and the indoor unit (IC), as well
for all OC-OC, and IC-IC wiring intervals.
b. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1 and M2 and the ground terminal on the transmission cable terminal block (TB3)
of each outdoor unit (OC) to terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal S on the transmission cable block of the indoor unit (IC).
c. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on the transmission cable terminal block of the indoor unit (IC) that has the most
recent address within the same group to the terminal block on the remote controller (RC).
d. Connect together terminals M1, M2 and terminal S on the terminal block for central control (TB7) for the outdoor unit
(OC). e. DO NOT change the jumper connector CN41 on MULTI controller board. f. The earth processing of S terminal for the centralized control terminal block (TB7) is unnecessary. Connect the termi-
nal S on the power supply unit with the earth. g. Set the address setting switch as follows.
Unit Range Setting Method
IC (Main) 01 to 00
IC (Sub) 01 to 50
Wiring Method Address Settings
Outdoor Unit 51 to 100
Main Remote Controller 101 to 150
Sub Remote Controller 151 to 200
MA Remote Controller
Use the smallest address within the same group of indoor units. Use an address, other than the IC (Main) in the same group of indoor units. This must be in sequence with the IC (Main). Use the smallest address of all the indoor units plus 50.
*The address automatically becomes “100” if it is set as “01 - 50”. Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 100.
Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 150.
Unnecessary address setting (Necessary main/ sub setting)
h. The group setting operations among the multiple indoor units is done by the remote controller (RC) after the electrical
power has been turned on.
37
• Name, Symbol, and the Maximum Units for Connection
Longest length via outdoor unit (M-NET cable): L1+L2+L3+L4 and L1+L2+L6+L7 500 m (1.25 A or more) Longest transmission cable length (M-NET cable): L1 and L3+L4 and L6 and L2+L6 and L7 200 m (1.25 A or more) Remote controller cable length: m1 and m1+m2+m3 and m1+m2+m3+m4 200 m (0.3 to 1.25 A)
Permissible LengthProhibited items
OC
(51)
TB3
M1M2S
M1 M2 S
TB7
OC
(53)
TB3
M1M2S
M1 M2 S
TB7
Power Supply
Unit
M1M2
S
G-50A
M1M2
S
: Group 1: Group 3: Group 5: Shielded Wire: Sub Remote Controller
( ): Address
IC
(01)
TB5 TB15
M1 M2 1 2S
IC
(03)
TB5
M1 M2 S
MA
TB15
12
IC
(05)
TB15
12
ABABAB
IC
(06)
TB15
TB5
12
M1 M2 S
IC
(02)
TB15
TB5
M1 M2 S
12
TB5
M1 M2 S
MAMAMA
TB5
M1 M2 S
(04)
IC
IC
(07)
TB15
12
AB
TB5
M1 M2 S
TB15
12
• Never connect together the terminal blocks (TB5) for transmission wires for indoor units (IC) that have been connected to different outdoor units (OC).
• M-NET remote controller and MA remote controller cannot be connected with the indoor unit of the same group wiring together.
38
9 TROUBLESHOOTING
9-1. CHECK POINTS FOR TEST RUN
9-1-1. Procedures of test run
(1) Before a test run, make sure that the following work is completed.
• Installation related : Make sure that the panel of cassette type and electrical wiring are done. Otherwise electrical functions like auto vane will not operate normally.
• Piping related :
Perform leakage test of refrigerant and drain piping. Make sure that all joints are perfectly insulated. Check stop valves on both liquid and gas side for full open.
• Electrical wiring related :
Check ground wire, transmission cable, remote controller cable, and power supply cable for secure connection. Make sure that all switch settings of address or adjustments for special specification systems are correctly settled.
(2) Safety check :
With the insulation tester of 500V, inspect the insulation resistance. Do not touch the transmission cable and remote controller cable with the tester. The resistance should be over 1.0 M". Do not proceed inspection if the resistance is under 1.0 M". Inspect between the outdoor unit power supply terminal block and ground first, metallic parts like refrigerant pipes or the electrical box next, then inspect all electrical wiring of outdoor unit, indoor unit, and all linked equipment .
(3) Before operation :
a) Turn the power supply switch of the outdoor unit to on for compressor protection. For a test run, wait at least 12 hours
from this point.
b) Register control systems into remote controller(s). Never touch the on/off switch of the remote controller(s). Refer
to “ 9-1-2. Special Function Operation and Settings (for M-NET Remote Controller)” as for settings. In MA remote controller(s), this registration is unnecessary.
(4) More than 12 hours later from power supply to the outdoor unit, turn all power switch to on for the test run. Perform test run
according to the “Operation procedure” table of the bottom of this page. While test running, make test run reports .
(5) When you deliver the unit after the test run, instruct the end user for proper usage of the system using owners’ manual and
the test run report you made to certificate normal operation. If abnormalities are detected during test run, refer to “9-1-3 Countermeasures for Error During Test Run”. As for DIP switch setting of outdoor unit, refer to “9-5. INTERNAL SWITCH FUNCTION TABLE”.
(M-NET Remote controller)
Check code indicator (see NOTE 1) Test run remaining time indicator (see NOTE 3)
Indoor unit liquid pipe temperature indicator
(see NOTE 4)
TEST RUN indicator
ON/OFF LED (Lights up in operation) ON/OFF button
AIR DIRECTION button
TEST RUN button
Display panel
(Cooling/Heating) OPERATION SWITCH button ,
TEMP.
TIMER SET
1Hr.
°C
TEST RUN
ON/OFF
FILTER
CHECK TEST
LOUVER button
Control panel
FAN SPEED button
Operation procedure
Turn on the main power supply of all units at least 12 hours before test run. ”HO” appears on display panel for 3 min.
1
12 hours later, press TEST RUN button twice to perform test run. “TEST RUN “ appears on display panel.
2
Press OPERATION SWITCH button to make sure that air blows out.
3
Select Cooling (or Heating) by OPERATION SWITCH button to make sure that cool (or warm) air blows out.
4
Press Fan speed button to make sure that fan speed is changed by the button.
5
Press AIR DIRECTION button or LOUVER button to make sure that air direction is adjustable (horizontal, downward, upward, and each angle).
6
Check outdoor fans for normal operation.
7
Check interlocked devices (like ventilator) for normal operation, if any. This is the end of test run operation.
8
Press ON/OFF button to stop and cancel test run.
9
NOTE 1 : If error code appears on remote controller or remote controller malfunctions, refer to “ 9-1-3 Countermeasures for Error During Run”. NOTE 2 : NOTE 3 : During test run, the indoor liquid pipe temperature is displayed on remote controller instead of room temperature. NOTE 4 :
During test run operation, 2-hour off timer activates automatically and remaining time is on remote controller and test run stops 2 hours later.
Depending on a model, “This function is not available” appears when air direction button is pressed. However, this is not malfunction
.
39
9-1-2. Special Function Operation and Settings (for M-NET Remote Controller)
• It is necessary to perform “group settings” and “paired settings” at making group settings of different refrigerant systems (multiple outdoor unit). (A) Group settings: Enter the indoor unit controlled by the remote controller, check the content of entries, and clear entries,
etc.
(B) Paired settings: Used to set the linked operation of a Lossnay unit.
(1) Entering address: Follow the steps below to enter the addresses of the indoor unit using the remote controller.
a) Group settings
• Turning off the remote controller: Press the ON/OFF button to stop operation (the indicator light will go off).
• Changing to indoor unit address display mode: If the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller are pressed simul­taneously and held for 2 seconds, the display shown in Figure 1 will appear.
• Changing address: Press the temperature adjustment be entered.
• Entering the displayed address: Press the TEST RUN button to enter the indoor unit with the displayed address. The type of the unit will be displayed as shown in Figure 2 if entry is completed normally. If a selected indoor unit does not exist, an error signal will be displayed as shown in Figure 3. When this happens, check whether the indoor unit actually exists and perform entry again.
• Returning to the normal mode after completing entry: Press the FILTER and k buttons simultaneously and hold for 2 seconds to return to the normal mode.
buttons to change the displayed address to the address to
Figure 1. (A) Group setting display
b) Paired Settings
• Turn off the remote controller: Press the remote controller’s ON/OFF button to turn it off (the indicator light will go off).
• Put in indoor unit address display mode: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller simultaneously and hold for 2 seconds.
*The above steps are the same as when making group settings (A).
• Changing to the linked operation unit address display state: The display shown in Figure 4 will appear when the button on the remote control is pressed.
• Displaying the address of the Lossnay unit and linked indoor unit: In this situation, the indoor unit number will be the lowest address of the group. The Lossnay unit will not operate if this setting is incorrect.
* If the temperature adjustment buttons are pressed, the address may be changed to the indoor unit that are to be
linked.
* If the time setting buttons are pressed, the address of the linked units may be changed to the address where it is
desired to enter the Lossnay .
• Linking the Lossnay and the indoor unit: The display shown in Figure 5 will appear when the TEST RUN button is pressed. The indoor unit whose address is displayed and the Lossnay unit with a linked address will operate in a linked manner.
* If it is desired to display the address of the Lossnay in the indoor unit address, display the indoor unit address in the linked
unit address, and the above content will also be recorded.
* Apart from the indoor unit with the lowest address in the group, display and enter the addresses of the other indoor unit that
are to be linked with the Lossnay unit.
• Returning to the normal mode after completing entry: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller simulta­neously and hold for 2 seconds to return to the normal mode.
Figure 2. Normal completion of entry
Figure 3. Entry error signal
Flashing “88” indicates entry error.Type of unit is displayed.
a
Figure 4. (B) Making paired settings
The addresses of indoor unit and linked units are displayed simultaneously.
Figure 5. Completing normal entry
(alternating display)
40
These alternating IC or LC displays will appear when entry is completed normally.
A flashing “88” will appear if there is a problem with the entry (indicating that the unit does not exist).
(2) Address check: Refer to section (1) regarding address entry.
a) In making group settings:
• Turn off the remote controller: Press the remote controller's ON/OFF button to stop operation (the indicator light will go off).
• Locate the indoor unit address display mode: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller simultaneously
and hold for 2 seconds.
• Display indoor unit address: The entered indoor units address and type will be displayed each time the button is pressed.
* When 1 entry is made, only 1 address will be displayed no matter how many times the w button is pressed.
• Returning to the normal mode after completing check: Simultaneously press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote
controller and hold for 2 seconds to return to the normal mode.
b) In making paired settings:
• Turn off the remote controller: Press the remote controller's ON/OFF button to stop operation (the indicator light will go off).
• Put in indoor unit address display mode: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller simultaneously and
hold for 2 seconds.
• Changing to the linked operation unit address display state: Press the a button on the remote control.
• Displaying the address of the indoor unit to be checked: Change the address to that of the indoor unit to be checked by pressing the temperature adjustment buttons
.
• Displaying the address of the linked Lossnay unit: Press the w button to display the addresses of the linked Lossnay and indoor unit in alternation.
• Displaying the addresses of other entered units: The addresses of the other entered units will be displayed in alternating fashion after resting the w button again.
• Returning to the normal mode after completing the check: Simultaneously press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller and hold for 2 seconds to return to the normal mode.
(3) Clearing an address: Refer to section (1) regarding the address entry and section (2) regarding checking addresses.
a) In making group settings:
• Turn off the remote controller: The procedure is same as a) in (2) Address check.
• Put in the indoor unit address display mode: The procedure is same as a) in (2) Address check.
• Displaying the indoor unit address to be cleared: The procedure is same as a) in (2) Address check.
• Clearing indoor unit address : Pressing the q button on the remote controller twice will clear the address entry of the dis-
played indoor unit, resulting in the display shown in Figure 6. The display shown in Figure 7 will appear if an abnormality occurs and the entry is not cleared. Please repeat the clearing procedure.
• Returning to the normal mode after clearing an address: The procedure is same as a) in (2) Address check.
Figure 6. Display after address has been
cleared normally
Figure 7. Display when an abnormality has
occurred during clearing
"--" will appear in the room temperature display location.
"88" will appear in the room temperature display location.
b) In making paired settings:
• Turn off the remote controller: The procedure is same as b) in (2) Address check.
• Put into the indoor unit address display mode: The procedure is same as b) in (2) Address check.
• Put into the linked unit address display mode: The procedure is same as b) in (2) Address check.
• Display the address of the Lossnay unit or the indoor unit to be cleared.
• Deleting the address of a linked indoor unit: Pressing the q button on the remote controller twice will clear the address entry of the displayed indoor unit, resulting in the display shown in Figure 8.
• Returning to the normal mode after clearing an address: The procedure is same as b) in (2) Address check.
Figure 8. Display after address has been cleared normally
"--" will appear in the unit type display location when an address has
(altenating display)
been cleared normally.
"88" will appear in the unit type display location when an abnormality has occurred during clearing.
41
9-1-3. Countermeasures for Error During Test Run
• If a problems occurs during test run, a code number will appear in the temperature display area on the remote controller (or LED on the outdoor unit), and the air conditioning system will automatically cease operating.
Determine the nature of the abnormality and apply corrective measures.
Check code
0403
1102 1300 1302 1500 1501 1505 2500 2502 2503 4100 4115 4220 4230 4250 4400
5101
5102
5103 5105 5106 5110 5201 5300 5701 6600
6602
6603
6606
6607
6608
6831
6832
6833
6834
7100 7101 7102 7105 7111
Trouble Remarks
Serial transmission trouble
Discharge/Compressor temperature trouble Low Pressure trouble High pressure trouble Excessive refrigerant replenishment Insufficient refrigerant trouble Vacuum operation protection Water leakage Drain pump trouble Drain sensor trouble (THd) Overcurrent trouble (Overload, compressor lock) Power synchronization signal trouble Inverter trouble Overheat protection of radiator panel Power module trouble or Overcurrent trouble Fan controller trouble (Outdoor) Air inlet sensor trouble (TH21) or Discharge/Compressor temperature sensor trouble (TH4) Liquid pipe temp.sensor trouble (TH22) or Low pressure saturated temp. sensor trouble (TH6) Gas pipe temperature sensor trouble (TH23) Piping temperature sensor trouble (TH3) Outdoor temperature sensor trouble (TH7) Heatsink temperature sensor trouble (TH8) Pressure sensor trouble (63HS) Curnent sensor trouble Contact failure of drain float switch Duplicated unit address setting Transmission error (Transmission processor hardware error) Transmission error (Transmission route BUSY) Transmission and reception error (Communication trouble with transmission processor) Transmission and reception error (No ACK error) Transmission and reception error (No response error) MA communication receive signal error (no receive signal) MA commnication send signal error (starting bit derection error) MA commnication send error (H/W error) MA commnication receive error (Synchronous recovery error) Total capacity error Capacity code error Connecting unit number error Address set error Remote controller sensor trouble
Detected unit
Indoor Outdoor
Remote controller
Outdoor unit Multi controller board ~ Power board communiation trouble Check delay code 1202 Check delay code 1400 Check delay code 1402 Check delay code 1600 Check delay code 1601
Check delay code 4350 Check delay code 4165 Check delay code 4320 Check delay code 4330 Check delay code 4350 Check delay code 4500
Check delay code 1202
Check delay code 1211
Check delay code 1205 Check delay code 1221 Check delay code 1214 Check delay code 1402 Check delay code 4310
Only M-NET Remote controller is detected.
Only M-NET Remote controller is detected.
Only M-NET Remote controller is detected.
Only M-NET Remote controller is detected.
Only M-NET Remote controller is detected. +
Only M-NET Remote controller is detected. +
Only MA Remote controller is detected.
Only MA Remote controller is detected.
Only MA Remote controller is detected.
Only MA Remote controller is detected.
NOTE )
When the outdoor unit detects No ACK error/No response error, an object indoor unit is treated as a stop, and not assumed to be abnormal.
Self-diagnosis function The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch (SW1) and LED1, LED2 (LED indication) found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit. LED indication : Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF. During normal operation The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit.
Bit
Indication
1
Compressor operated
2
52C
3
21S4
4
SV15(SV2)
6
7
—8Always lit
[Example] When the compressor and SV1 are turned during cooling operation.
12345678
42
Display
1102
Abnormal point and detecting method
High discharge/compressor temperature
Abnormal if discharge/compressor temperature thermistor continuously for 5 minutes.
Abnormal if pressure detected by high-pressure
sensor and converted to saturation temperature
exceeds 40 during defrosting and discharge/compressor (TH4) exceeds 110.
(TH4) exceeds 125 or 110
temperature thermistor
Causes
Over-heated compressor operation caused by shortage of refrigerant
Defective operation of stop valve Defective thermistor Defective outdoor controller board Defective action of linear expansion
valve
Check points
Check intake super heat. Check leakage of refrigerant. Charge additional refrigerant.
Check if stop valve is full open. Turn the power off and check if 5101
is displayed when the power is put
again. When 5101 is displayed, refer to
“Check points” for 5101. Check linear expansion valve.
Low pressure (63L operated)
1300
Abnormal if 63L is operated (under- 0.03MPa) during compressor operation.
63L: Low-pressure switch
(1) High pressure (High-pressure switch
1302
63H operated)
Abnormal if high-pressure switch 63H operated
( + ) during compressor operation.
+ 4.15 MPa
63H: High-pressure switch
(2) High pressure
(High - pressure sensor 63HS detect)
Abnormal if high-pressure sensor detects
4.31MPa or more (or over 4.15MPa
for 3 minutes) during the compressor
operation.
1500
Superheat due to low discharge temperature
Abnormal if discharge superheat is continuously detected less than or equal to -15 even though linear expansion valve has
minimum open pulse after compressor starts
operating for 10 minutes.
Stop valve of outdoor unit is closed during operation. Disconnection or loose connection of connector (63L) on outdoor controller board
Disconnection or loose connection of 63L
  Defective outdoor controller board Leakage or shortage of refrigerant Malfunction of linear expansion valve Short cycle of indoor unit Clogged filter of indoor unit Decreased airflow caused by dirt of
indoor fan
Dirt of indoor heat exchanger Locked indoor fan motor Malfunction of indoor fan motor Defective operation of stop valve
(Not fully open)
Clogged or broken pipe Locked outdoor fan motor
Malfunction of outdoor fan motor Short cycle of outdoor unit Dirt of outdoor heat exchanger Decreased airflow caused by defective
inspection of outside temperature thermistor (It detects lower temperature than actual temperature.) Disconnection or contact failure of connector (63H) on outdoor controller board Disconnection or contact failure of 63H connection
Defective outdoor controller board Defective action of linear expansion
valve
Malfunction of fan driving circuit Solenoid valve (SV1) performance
failure (High-pressure pressure cannot be controlled by SV1.)
High-pressure sensor High-pressure sensor input
circuit defective in multi controller board
Disconnection or loose connection of
discharge/compressor temperature thermistor (TH4) Defective holder of discharge temperature
thermistor
defective
Check stop valve.
Check the connector (63L) on outdoor
~ controller board.
Correct to proper amount of refrigerant. Check linear expansion valve.~ Check indoor unit and repair
defectives.
Check if stop valve is fully open.
Check piping and repair defectives.~ Check outdoor unit and repair
defectives.
Check the inspected temperature of outside temperature thermistor on LED display.
Check the connector (63H) on outdoor
~ controller board.
Check linear expansion valve.
Replace outdoor controller board. Check the solenoid valve performance.
Check the high-pressure sensor.
 
Check the high-pressure sensor.
 Check the installation conditions of
discharge/compressor temperature thermistor (TH4).
43
Display
Refrigerant shortage
1501
When the conditions of below detecting mode  or  are satisfied during the
compressor operation.
<Detecting mode > When the below conditions are satisfied completely.
1. Compressor is operating in HEAT mode.
2. Discharge super heat is 80 or more.
3. Difference of outer temperature thermistor (TH7) and outdoor piping temp. thermistor (TH3) applies to the formula of (TH7-TH3)<5.
4. High-pressure sensor is below about
2.04MPa. <Detecting mode > When the below conditions are satisfied completely.
1. Compressor is operating.
2. When cooling, discharge superheat is 80 or more. When heating, discharge superheat is 90 or more. High pressure sensor is below about 2.32MPa.
Abnormal point and detecting method
Gas leakage, Gas shortage
Causes
When heating operation, refrigerant shortage feeling operation (When heating, airflow or thermo OFF are mixed-operation, it cause a refrigerant shortage operation.) Ball valve performance failure (not fully opened.) Error detection of discharge super heat
1) High-pressure sensor defective
2) Discharge temperature thermistor defective
3) Thermistor input circuit defective and high-pressure sensor defective in multi controller board
Check points
Check the refrigerant amount. Check the operation condition and
refrigerant amount.
Check the ball valve is fully opened.
1) Check the ball valve is fully opened.
2) Check the resistance of discharge temperature thermistor.
3) According to “Outdoor unit functions”, set the SW2 and check the high­ pressure sensor level.
According to “Outdoor unit functions”, check the discharge temp. thermistor level. When the high-pressure sensor and discharge temp. thermistor are normal, if the above mentioned detecting pressure level and temp. are very different from the actual pressure and
temp., replace the multi controller board.
Water leakage
2500
1. Suspensive Abnormality when float switch
(Float
detects to be in the water and drain pump
switch
turns on and off except during cooling or dry
model)
mode.
2. Abnormal when detecting that the drain pump turns on and off again within 1 hour after the detection of water leakage suspensive abnormality, and repeats the detection twice. <2500> is displayed.
3. The unit continues to detect abnormality while turned off.
4. To release water leakage suspensive abnormality
· When not detecting that the drain pump turns off and on within 1 hour after detecting suspensive abnormality.
· When turning to cooling operation or dry operation.
· Detected that [liquid pipe temperature – room temperature] -10deg[-18°F]
Operation mode: When drain pump turns on as float switch detects to be in the water except during cooling/dry mode
Error detection of TH7/TH3
1) Thermistor defective
2) Thermistor input circuit defective in multi controller board
Defective drain Clogged drain pump Clogged drain pipe Adverse flow of drain in other units Defective moving part of float switch Foreign matter on the moving part of float switch(ex. sludge etc.)
Defective float switch
1) Check the resistance of thermistor.
2) According to “Outdoor unit functions”, check the outdoor pipe temp. thermistor level.
3) According to “Outdoor unit functions”, check the outer temp. thermistor level.
Check the drain function.
Check moving part of float switch.
Check the value of resistance with the
float switch ON/OFF.
Drain pump
Float switch
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
15 sec.
In the water Water leakage suspensive abnormality
15 sec.
In the air In the water In the air
Within 1 hour Within 1 hour
15 sec. 15 sec.
44
6 min.6 min.
15 sec.
In the water Water leakage abnormality
Display
2502
(Drain
sensor
model)
Abnormal point and detecting method
Drain pump (DP)
Let drain sensor self-heated, and if temperature rises slightly, as suspensive abnormality operation stops and changes to protect mode of restarting in 3 minutes. Drain pump is abnormal if the condition above is detected during suspensive abnormality. <2502> is displayed. Malfunction of drain pipe is constantly detected during drain pump operation.
Malfunction of drain pump Defective drain
Clogged drain pump Clogged drain pipe
Water drops on drain sensor
• Drops of drain trickles from lead wire.
• Clogged filter is causing wave of drain. Defective indoor controller board
Causes
Check points
Check if drain pump works. Check drain function.
Check the setting of lead wire of drain
sensor and check clogs of the filter.
Replace indoor controller board when
there is no problem in the above mentioned ~.
The unit enters to forced outdoor unit stop when following conditions, a) and b), are satisfied (while the above mentioned detection is performed). a) The drain sensor detects to be soaked in the water 10 times in a row. b) Detected that [liquid pipe temperature – room temperature] -10deg[-18°F] for 30 minutes constantly. When the drain sensor detects to be NOT soaked in the water, the
( )
record of a) and b) will be cleared.)
+ Drain pump abnormality (above ~) is
detected before it becomes an outdoor unit
forced stop condition.
When indoor unit detects above condition, outdoor unit in same refrigerant sytem stops. Also, indoor unit except for Fan or OFF mode unit stop. <2502> is displayed on stopped unit. Detection timing of forced outdoor unit stop Constantly detected during unit operation and stop Releasing of forced outdoor unit stop Reset power supply of both abnormal indoor unit and its outdoor unit in same refrigerant system. Forced outdoor unit stop cannot be released by remote controller OFF.
detection
Both of above mentioned ~ and the indoor linear expansion valve full-closed
failure (leakage) happens synchronistically.
(Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the remote controller shows the indoor unit which is cause of trouble.
Check whether the indoor linear expansion valve leaks or not.
NOTE ) Above-mentioned ~ and ~ are detected independently.
45
Display
2502
(Float switch model)
Abnormal point and detecting method
Drain pump (DP)
Judge whether the sensor is in the water or in the air by turning the float switch ON/OFF. In the water: Detected that the float switch is ON for 15 seconds. In the air: Detected that the float switch is OFF for 15 seconds. When the float switch remains to be turned ON for 3 minutes after detected to be in the water, the drain pump is judged to be abnormal and <2502> will be displayed.
*It takes 3 minutes and 15 seconds to detect
abnormality including the time to judge to be in the water.
The unit continue to detect abnormality while turned off. When the conditions below 1, 2 and forced outdoor unit stop condition are met
1. Detected that [liquid pipe temperature – room temperature]  -10deg[-18°F] for 30 minutes constantly.
2. Float switch detects to be in the water for 15 minutes constantly.
*Before Forced outdoor unit stop condition
is met, the unit always detects - above. The indoor unit detecting above stops due to detecting abnormality the outdoor unit in same refrigerant system (compressor is inhibited to operate). The unit which stops due to detecting abnormality displays <2502>. Detection timing of forced outdoor unit stop Constantly detected during unit operation and stop Releasing of forced outdoor unit stop Reset power supply of both abnormal
indoor unit and its outdoor unit in same
refrigerant system. Forced outdoor unit
stop cannot be released by remote
controller OFF.
Causes
Malfunction of drain pump Defective drain
Clogged drain pump Clogged drain pipe Defective moving part of float switch Foreign matter on the moving part of float switch (ex. sludge etc.)
Defective float switch
Defective indoor controller boardDefective driving circuit of drain pumpDefective input circuit of float switch
Both of above mentioned ~ and the
indoor linear expansion valve full-closed failure (leakage) happens synchronistically.
(Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the remote controller shows the indoor unit which is cause of trouble.
Check points
Check if drain pump works. Check drain function.
Check moving part of float switch.
Check the value of resistance with the
float switch ON/OFF.
Change the indoor controller board.
Check whether the indoor linear
expansion valve leaks or not.
NOTE ) Above-mentioned ~ and ~ are
detected independently.
Drain sensor (THd, DS) abnormality
2503
When the drain sensor detects short/open while the operation.
4100
Compressor overcurrent interruption (When compressor locked)
Abnormal if overcurrent of DC bus or compressor is detected within 30 seconds after compressor starts operating.
Over current level: 27.5A (V)/18.0A (Y)
Connector (CN31) contact failure (insertion failure)
Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection
Thermistor defective
Indoor controller board (detecting
circuit) failure
Stop valve is closed. Decrease of power supply voltage Looseness, disconnection or converse
of compressor wiring connection
Defective compressor
Defective outdoor power board
Check whether the indoor controller board connector (CN31) is disconnected or not.
Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not.
Check the resistance of thermistor.
If abnormality is not found in the method of the above-mentioned from to , it is defective of the indoor controller board.
Open stop valve. Check facility of power supply. Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to
compressor.
Check compressor.
Replace outdoor power circuit board.
46
Display
4220
Abnormal point and detecting method
Overvoltage or voltage shortage
Abnormal if any of followings are detected
during compressor operation:
• Decrease of DC bus voltage to 310V
• Instantaneous decrease of DC bus voltage to 200V (V)/350V (Y).
• Increase of DC bus voltage to 400V (V)760V (Y).
• Decrease of input current of outdoor unit to
0.1A only if operation frequency is more than or equal to 40Hz or compressor current is more than or equal to 6A.
Decrease of power supply voltage Disconnection of compressor wiring
Defective X52A (Y)/52C (V)
Defective outdoor converter circuit board (Y)
Disconnection or loose connection of CN5 on the outdoor power circuit board Defective 52C drive circuit of outdoor multi controller board (V) Disconnection or loose connection of CN2 on the outdoor power circuit board.
Defective ACT module (V)Disconnection or loose connection of
CNAF (V)
Defective ACT module drive circuit of outdoor controller circuit board (V)
Causes
Check points
Check the facility of power supply.Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to
compressor. (Outdoor power circuit board)
Replace power board (Y)/noise filter
circuit board (V).
Replace outdoor converter circuit board (Y).
Check CN5 wiring on the outdoor power circuit board.
Replace outdoor multi controller board (V).
Check CN2 wiring on the outdoor power circuit board.
Replace ACT module (V). Check CNAF wiring (V).
The 4220 error history can be confirmed
with SW1 No.189.
21345678
on
4230
Temperature of heatsink
Abnormal if heatsink thermistor (TH8) detects
85(V)/95(Y)
NOTE) TH8 is internal thermistor of power module on power board. (Y)
(1) Power module
4250
Check abnormality by driving power module in
case overcurrent is detected.
(2) Compressor overcurrent interruption
Abnormal if overcurrent DC bus or compressor is detected after compressor starts operating for 30 seconds.
Over current level: 27.5A (V)/18.0A (Y)
The outdoor fan motor is locked. Failure of outdoor fan motor Airflow path is clogged. Rise of ambient temperature
Defective thermistor
Defective input circuit of outdoor power
circuit board
Failure of outdoor fan drive circuit
Outdoor stop valve is closed. Decrease of power supply voltage Looseness, disconnection or converse
of compressor wiring connection
Defective compressor Defective outdoor power circuit board
Stop valve of outdoor unit is closed. Decrease of power supply voltage Looseness, disconnection or converse
of compressor wiring connection
Defective fan of indoor/outdoor units Short cycle of indoor/outdoor units Defective input circuit of outdoor
controller board
Defective compressor
 Check outdoor fan.
Check air flow path for cooling. Check if there is something which
causes temperature rise around outdoor unit. (
Upper limit of ambient temperature is 46.
Turn off power, and on again to check if 4230 is displayed within 30 minutes. Check thermistor <TH8> temperature by microprocessor.
Replace outdoor power circuit board.
Replace outdoor controller circuit board.
Open stop valve. Check facility of power supply. Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to
compressor. (Outdoor power circuit board).
Check compressor. Replace outdoor power circuit board.
Open stop valve. Check facility of power supply. Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to
compressor. (Outdoor power circuit board).
Check indoor/outdoor fan. Solve short cycle. Replace outdoor controller circuit board.
Check compressor.
Before the replacement of the outdoor controller circuit board, disconnect the wiring to compressor from the outdoor power circuit board and check the output voltage among phases, U, V, W, during test run (SW7-1 ON). No defect on board if voltage among phases (U-V, V-W and W-U) is same. Make sure to perform the voltage check with same performing frequency.
)
Outdoor fan motor
4400
The outdoor fan motor is considered to be abnormal if the rotational frequency of fan motor is abnormal when detected during operation. Fan motor rotational frequency is abnormal if:
• 100 rpm or below detected continuously for 15 seconds at 20 or more outside air temperature
• 50 rpm or below or 1500 rpm or more detected continuously for 1 minute.
Failure in the operation of the DC fan motor
Failure in the outdoor circuit controller board
47
Check or replace the DC fan motor.
 Check the voltage of the outdoor circuit
controller board during operation.
 Replace the outdoor circuit controller
board. (when the failure is still indicated even after performing the check points
above.)
Display
5101
Abnormal point and detecting method
Room temperature thermistor (TH21)
When controller detects short (high temp.)/open (low temp.) in thermistor during the operation, the operation stops and the operation changes to protect mode of restarting in 3 minutes. If the thermistor does not recover in 3 minutes, the operation stops due to detecting abnormality. In this time, <5101> is displayed. Then, if the thermistor recover in 3 minutes, it operates normally.
Short: Detected 90 or more
Open: Detected –40 or less
Discharge/Compressor temperature thermistor (TH4)
When controller detects short/open in thermistor during the operation, the outdoor unit stops once and restarts operation in 3 minutes. When the detected temperature is normal at just before of restarting, the outdoor unit restarts.
When controller detects short/open in thermistor at just before of restarting, the unit stops due to detecting abnormality. In this time, <5101> is displayed.
For 10 minutes after starting compressor,
for defrosting or for 3 minutes after recover of defrosting, above-mentioned short/open are not detected.
Short: 216or more (1k Open: 0 or less (700k)
Note) When outer temperature thermistor (TH7) is 5 or less on cooling, open detecting is not determined as abnormality.
)
Causes
Connector (CN20) contact failure
Thermistor wiring disconnection or
half disconnection
Thermistor failure
Detecting circuit failure in the
indoor controller board
Connector (TH4) contact failure
Thermistor wiring disconnection or
half disconnection
Thermistor failure
Multi controller board input circuit
failure
Check points
Check whether the connector (CN20) in the indoor controller board is connected or not.
Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not.
Check the resistance of thermistor; 0···15k
10···9.6k 20···6.3k 30···4.3k 40···3.0k
When there is no problem in above mentioned , replace the indoor controller board.
Check whether the connector (TH4) in the multi controller board is connected or not.
Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not.
Check the resistance of thermistor; When the resistance is not below value, replace the thermistor. 0··· about 700k 10··· about 410k 20··· about 250k 30··· about 160k 40··· about 104k
Set the SW1 to
When the temperature in multi controller board is not an actual temperature, replace the multi controller board.
1.3: Open
219.4: Short
21345678
on
48
Display
5102
Abnormal point and detecting method
Liquid pipe temperature thermistor (TH22)
When the thermistor detects short/open during the operation, the operation stops and the operation changes to protect mode of restarting in 3 minutes. If the thermistor does not recover in 3 minutes, the operation stops due to detecting abnormality. In this time, <5102> is displayed. Then, if the thermistor recovers in 3 minutes, it operates normally.
Short: Detected 90 or more
Open: Detected -40 or less
Causes
1) Connector (CN21) contact failure Check whether the connector (CN21)
2) Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection
3) Thermistor failure
in the indoor controller board is connected or not.
Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not.
Check the resistance of thermistor;
0····15k 10···9.6k 20···6.3k 30···4.3k 40···3.0k
Check points
Low pressure saturation temperature thermistor (TH6)
When controller detects short/open in thermistor during the operation, the outdoor unit stops once and restarts operation in 3 minutes. When the detected temperature is normal at just before of restarting, the outdoor unit restarts.
When controller detects short/open in thermistor at just before of restarting, the unit stops due to detecting abnormality. In this time, <5102> is displayed.
For 10 minutes after starting compressor, heating mode, above-mentioned short/open are not detected.
Short: 90 or more
Open: -40 or less
4) Detecting circuit failure in the indoor controller board
1) Connector (TH6) contact failure Check whether the connector (TH6)
2) Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection
3) Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor;
4) Multi controller board input circuit failure
When there is no problem in above mentioned , replace the indoor controller board.
in the multi controller board is connected or not.
Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not.
0····15k 10···9.6k 20···6.3k 30···4.3k 40···3.0k
21345678
Set the SW1 to
When the temperature in multi controller board is not an actual temperature, replace the multi controller board.
-42.5: Open
91.9: Short
on
49
Display
5103
Abnormal point and detecting method
Gas pipe temperature thermistor (TH23)
When the thermistor detects short/open after 3 minutes-continuous thermo ON during cooling or dry operation, the operation stops and the operation changes to protect mode of restarting in 3 minutes. If the thermistor does not recover in 3 minutes, the operation stops due to detecting abnormality. In this time, <5103> is displayed. Then, if the thermistor recover in 3 minutes, it operates normally.
Short: Detected 90 or more
Open: Detected -40 or less
Causes
1) Connector (CN29) contact failure Check whether the connector (CN29)
2) Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection
3) Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor:
in the indoor controller board is connected or not.
Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not.
10···9.6k 20···6.3k 30···4.3k 40···3.0k
Check points
0····15k
5105
Pipe temperature/judging defrost thermistor (TH3)
When controller detects short/open in thermistor during the operation, the outdoor unit stops once and restarts operation in 3 minutes. When the detected temperature is normal at just before of restarting, the outdoor unit restarts.
When controller detects short/open in thermistor at just before of restarting, the unit stops due to detecting abnormality. In this time, <5105> is displayed.
For 10 minutes after starting compressor, for defrosting or for 3 minutes after recover of defrosting, above-mentioned short/open are not detected.
Short: 88 or more (0.4k)
Open: -39 or less (115k)
4) Detecting circuit failure in the indoor controller board
1) Connector (TH3) contact failure Check whether the connector (TH3) in
2) Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection
3) Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor;
When there is no problem in above mentioned , replace the indoor controller board.
the multi controller board is connected or not.
Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not.
When the resistance is not below value, replace the thermistor.
0····15k
10···9.6k 20···6.3k 30···4.3k 40···3.0k
4) Multi controller board input circuit failure
50
21345678
Set the SW1 to When the temperature in multi
controller board is not an actual temperature, replace the multi controller board.
-42.5: Open
91.9: Short
on
Display
5106
5110
Abnormal point and detecting method
Outdoor temperature thermistor (TH7)
When controller detects short/open in thermistor during the operation, the outdoor unit stops once and restarts operation in 3 minutes. When the detected temperature is normal at just before of restarting, the outdoor unit restarts.
When controller detects short/open in thermistor at just before of restarting, the unit stops due to detecting abnormality. In this time, <5106> is displayed.
For 10 minutes after starting compressor, for defrosting or for 3 minutes after recover of defrosting, above-mentioned short/open are not detected.
Short: 90 or more Open: -40 or less
Heatsink temperature thermistor (TH8)
(Internal thermistor of power module (Y)) (Heatsink thermistor (V))
When controller detects short/open in thermistor during the operation, the outdoor unit stops once and restarts operation in 3 minutes. When the detected temperature is normal at just before of restarting, the outdoor unit restarts.
When controller detects short/open in thermistor at just before of restarting, the unit stops due to detecting abnormality. In this time, <5110> is displayed.
For 10 minutes after starting compressor, for defrosting or for 3 minutes after recover of defrosting, above-mentioned short/open are not detected.
Short: 102 (V)/170 (Y) or more Open: -27 (V)/-35 (Y) or less
Causes
1) Connector (TH7) contact failure Check whether the connector (TH7) in
Check points
the multi controller board is connected or not.
2) Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection
3) Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor;
Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not.
When the resistance is not below value, replace the thermistor.
0····15k 10···9.6k 20···6.3k 30···4.3k 40···3.0k
21345678
4) Multi controller board input circuit failure
Set the SW1 to When the temperature in multi
on
controller board is not an actual temperature, replace the multi controller board.
-42.5: Open
91.9: Short
1) Connector (TH8) contact failure.
Check whether the connector (TH8) in the power circuit board. (V)
2) Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection.
3) Thermistor failure
Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not. (V)
Check the resistance of thermistor; When the resistance is not below value, replace the thermistor. (V)
0 ·····180k 10 ·····105k 20 ·······63k
30 ·······39k 40 ·······25k
21345678
4) Power board input circuit failure
Set the SW1 to
on
When the temperature in multi controller board is not an actual temperature, replace the power board.
51
Display
5201
Abnormal point and detecting method
Pressure sensor (63HS)
When detected pressure in high-pressure sensor is 1 MPa or less during the operation, the compressor stops and restarts operation in 3 minutes.
When the detected pressure is 1 MPa or less at just before of restarting, the compressor stops due to detecting abnormality. In this time, <5201> is displayed.
For 3 minutes after starting compressor, for defrosting or for 3 minutes after recover of defrosting, abnormality is not determined as abnormality.
Causes
1) High-pressure sensor failure Check the high-pressure sensor.
2) Internal pressure decrease by gas leakage
3) Connector contact failure, disconnection
Check the internal pressure.
Check the high-pressure sensor.
Check points
Connection failure of float switch
5701
connector
Abnormal if detected that the float switch connector is disconnected(open) during operation
Current sensor error
5300
Abnormal if current sensor detects –1.5A to
1.5A during compressor operation. (This error is ignored in case of SW7-1 ON.)
6600
6602
Duplex address error
Detected error when transmission of unit with the same address is confirmed.
Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the remote controller shows the controller detecting abnormality.
Transmission processor H/W error
'' 1 '' shows on the transmission line though the transmission processor transmitted '' 0''.
remote controller shows the controller detecting abnormality.
4) Multi controller board input circuit failure
1) Connection failure of connecor (CN4F)
1) Disconnection of compressor wiring
2) Defective circuit of current sensor on outdoor power circuit board
1) There are 2 units or more with the same address among the outdoor unit or indoor unit or lossnay controller, remote controller.
2) When noise has occurred in the transmission signal, and the signal has changed.
1) When the wiring for either of the indoor unit, the outdoor unit or lossnay transmission line is constructed or polarity is changed with the power supply turned on, the transmission waves change in case that the transmission data collides mutually. It causes to detect error.
2) Transmission processor circuit failure
3) When the transmission data has changed by the noise.
Check the high-pressure sensor.
Check the connection failure of connector (CN4F) on the indoor controller board.
Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to compressor. (Outdoor power circuit board).
Replace outdoor power circuit board.
Look for the unit, which is source of abnormality with the same address. When the same address is found, correct the address and turn off power supply of outdoor unit, indoor unit, and lossnay for 2 minutes or more as the same time. Then, turn on power supply.
Check the transmitted wave and the noise on the transmission line.
When the transmission wire is constructed with the current flowed, turn off power supply of outdoor unit, indoor unit and lossnay for 2 minutes or more as the same time. Then, turn on power supply.Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the
Check the transmitted wave and the noise on the transmission line.
52
Display
6603
Abnormal point and detecting method
Transmission bus busy error
Over error by collision
Abnormality when the state, which cannot be transmitted by collision of transmission, is consecutive for 8 to 10minutes.
Causes
1) The transmission processor cannot be transmitted since a short cycle voltage of the noise etc. mixes on the transmission line consecutively.
Check points
Check whether the transmission line of the indoor unit, fresh master, lossnay and remote controller is connected to the outdoor unit terminal board (TB7) for centralized controller or not.
The state that data cannot to be output to
the transmission line by the noise happens for 8 to 10 minutes consecutively.
Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the remote controller shows the controller detecting abnormality.
6606
Signal communication error with transmission processor
Signal communication error between unit processor and transmission processor
Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the remote controller shows the controller detecting abnormality.
2) The transmission volume increases and cannot be transmitted since the wiring method is mistaken and the routing technique to the terminal board (TB3) for the transmission line of the outdoor unit and the terminal board (TB7) for centralized control cannot be transmitted.
3) The share becomes high since the data exists together to other transmitted data by a defective repeater (function which connects and intercepts the transmission of controlling system and centralized control system), and it causes abnormal detection.
1) The data of the unit/transmission processor was not normally transmitted due to accidental disturbance such as noise and lightening surge.
Check whether the transmission line with the other refrigerant system of the indoor unit and lossnay is connected to the outdoor unit terminal board (TB3) for transmission or not.
Check whether the outdoor unit terminal board for transmission line (TB3) and for centralized controller (TB7) are connected or not.
Check the transmitted wave and the noise on the transmission line.
Turn off power supply of outdoor unit, indoor unit, and lossnay for 2minutes or more at the same time. Then, turn on power supply. It normally recovers from the malfunction that happens by chance. When same abnormality occurs again, it is defective of the controller.
2) The address transmission from the unit processor was not normally transmitted by the hardware of transmission processor defective.
53
Display
6607
Abnormal point and detecting method
No ACK (Acknowledgement)
Abnormality which controller of the
sending side detects when there is no answer (ACK) from other side though data was transmitted once. It is detected 6 times every 30 seconds continuously.
Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the remote controller shows the controller, which did not send back reply (ACK).
Causes
Factor that does not relate to origin
1) Since the address switch was changed with the current passed, the unit in the last address does not exist.
2) Decline of transmission voltage and signal by transmission line tolerance over
· The furthest point···200m
· Remote controller line···(12m)
(Refer to 8-3.)
3) Decline of transmission line voltage and signal by unmatched kind of line.
· Shield line-CVVS,CPEVS
Line diameter···1.25 Aor more
4) Decline of transmission line voltage and signal by a number of over-connected units.
5) Mis-operation of origin controller, which happens by chance.
6) Original controller defective
Check points
Turn off power supply of outdoor unit, indoor unit, fresh master and lossnay for 2 minutes or more at the same time. Then, turn on power supply. It recovers normally from the malfunction that happens by chance.
Check the address switch of the address which causes abnormality.
Check whether the transmission line is connected/loosen or not at origin. (Terminal board or connector)
Check whether the transmission line tolerance is over or not.
Check whether the kind of transmission line is mistaken or not.
When there is any trouble from above -, turn off power supply of outdoor unit, indoor unit and lossnay for 2 minutes or more at the same time. Then, turn on power supply.
1) When the cause of displayed address and attribute is on the outdoor unit side
(The indoor unit detects when there is no reply (ACK) on transmitting from the indoor unit to the outdoor unit.)
2) When the cause of displayed address and attribute is on the indoor unit side
1) Contact failure of outdoor unit or indoor unit transmission line
2) Indoor unit transmission connector (CN2M) disconnection
3) Sending/receiving signal circuit failure in the indoor/outdoor unit
1) When operating with multi refrigerant system indoor units, the remote controller transmits the signal to the indoor unit after the other refrigerant system outdoor unit is turned off or turned on again in 2 minutes, and detects abnormality.
2) Contact failure of remote controller or indoor unit transmission line
When there is not any trouble in single refrigerant system (1 outdoor unit) from above -, controller defective in displayed address and attribute. When there is not any trouble in different refrigerant system (2 outdoor unit or more) from above -, determine it after .
When the address which should not exist is an origin, since there is the indoor unit which memorizes the address data, cancel the unnecessary address data by the manual setting function of remote controller. However, they are limited to the system, which sets the group between different refrigerant systems, or which fresh master/lossnay are connected.
When there is not any trouble from above -, replace the displayed address/attribute controller board.
In this time, when the error does not recover to normal, the outdoor unit multi controller board (repeater circuit) defective is expected.
Check the recovery by replacing the multi controller board one by one.
(The remote controller detects when there is no reply (ACK) on transmitting from the remote controller to the indoor unit.)
3) Indoor unit transmission connector (CN2M) disconnection
4) Sending/receiving signal circuit failure in the indoor unit or remote controller.
Continued to the next page.
54
From the previous page.
Display
Abnormal point and detecting method
Causes
Check points
6607
3) When the cause of displayed address and attribute is on the remote controller side
(The indoor unit detects when there is no reply (ACK) on transmitting from the indoor unit to the remote controller unit.)
4) When the cause of displayed address and attribute is on the fresh master side
(The indoor unit detects when there is no reply (ACK) on transmitting from the indoor unit to the fresh master.)
1) When operating with multi refrigerant system indoor units, the indoor units transmits the signal to the remote controller after the other refrigerant system outdoor unit is turned off or turned on again in 2 minutes, and detects abnormality.
2) Contact failure of remote controller or indoor unit transmission line
3) Indoor unit transmission connector (CN2M) disconnection
4) Sending/receiving signal circuit failure in the indoor unit or remote controller
1) When synchronized operating with other refrigerant system fresh master, the indoor units transmits the signal to the fresh master after the fresh master and same refrigerant system outdoor unit is turned off or turned on again in 2 minutes, and detects abnormality.
5) When the cause of displayed address and attribute is on the lossnay side
(The indoor unit detects when there is no reply (ACK) on transmitting from the indoor unit to the lossnay.)
2) Contact failure of fresh master or indoor unit transmission line
3) Indoor unit or fresh master transmission connector (CN2M) disconnection
4) Sending/receiving signal circuit failure in the indoor unit or fresh master
1) When the lossnay power supply is off, the indoor unit detects abnormality at signal transmitting to the lossnay.
Continued to the next page.
55
From the previous page.
Display
6607
Abnormal point and detecting method
6) When the controller of displayed address and attribute is not recognized
Causes
2) When synchronized operating with other refrigerant system lossnay, the indoor units transmits the signal to the lossnay after the lossnay and same refrigerant system outdoor unit is turned off or turned on again in 2 minutes, and detects abnormality
3) Contact failure of lossnay or indoor unit transmission line
4) Indoor unit transmission connector (CN2M) disconnection
5) Sending/receiving signal circuit failure in the indoor unit or lossnay
1) Since the address switch was changed with the current passed, the unit in the last address does not exist.
2) Since the fresh master/lossnay address are changed after synchronized setting of fresh master/lossnay by the remote controller, abnormality is detected at transmitting from the indoor unit.
Check points
6608
No response
Though there was a replay (ACK) of having received signal from the other side, it is the abnormality when the response command does not return. The sending side detects the abnormality continuously six times every 30 seconds.
Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the remote controller shows the controller, which did not response.
1) Transmission repeats the failure by the noise etc.
2) Decline of transmission voltage and signal by transmission line tolerance over
· The furthest point···200m
· Remote controller line···(12m)
(Refer to 8-3.)
3) Decline of transmission line voltage
and signal by unmatched kind of line
· Shield wire-CVVS, CPEVS
Wire diameter···1.25A or more
4) Mis-operation of origin controller, which happens by chance.
Check the transmission wave and
noise on the transmission line.
Turn off power supply of outdoor unit, indoor unit and lossnay for 2minutes or more at the same time. Then, turn on power supply again. It normally recovers fom the malfunction that happens by chance. When same abnormality occurs again, it is defective of displayed address and attribute.
56
Display
6831 6834
6832 6833
7100
Abnormal point and detecting method
Signal reception (Remote controller)
Following symptoms are regarded as abnormality.
1) When the remote controller cannot receive the signal from indoor controller normally even once for 3 minutes
2) When the remote controller cannot receive the signal even once for 2 minutes
Signal transmission (Remote controller)
Following symptoms are regarded as abnormality.
1) When sub-remote controller cannot
transmit the signal to the transmission path for 6 minutes
2) When the remote controller cannot
finish transmitting the signal for 30 times on end
When connected total models of the indoor units exceed the specified level (130% of the outdoor unit models), error code <7100> is displayed.
Causes
Defect of the transmission and reception circuit of the remote controller.
Defect of the transmission and reception circuit of the indoor controller board
Noise occurs on the transmission line of the remote controller
All remote controllers are set as sub-remote controller.
Defect of the transmission and reception circuit of the remote controller
Noise occurs on the transmission line of the remote controller
There are 2 main remote controllers.
1) Connecting total models of the indoor unit exceed the specified level.
· PUMY-P100 ( ~ code 26)
· PUMY-P125 ( ~ code 33)
· PUMY-P140 ( ~ code 38)
Check points
~
Check the remote controller. According to the results, perform the following disposals.
• When "RC OK" is displayed, the remote controller is normal. Turn off the power supply and turn it on again. If "HO" or "PLEASE WAIT" is displayed for 4 minutes or more, replace the indoor controller board.
• When "RC NG" is displayed, replace the remote controller.
• When "RC 6832 or 6833" or "ERC 00-66" is displayed, these displays may be due to noise, etc.
Set one remote controller to main
remote controller and the other to sub-remote controller.
Check the total models of connected indoor unit.
Check the model code registration switch (indoor controller board SW2) of connected indoor unit.
2) There is a mistake in the registration of model name code of the outdoor unit.
Check the model code registration switch (outdoor multi controller board SW4) of the outdoor unit.
57
Display
7101
Abnormal point and detecting method
Capacity code error
When the connected indoor unit models cannot be connected, <7101> is displayed.
Causes
The indoor unit models is not possible to connect.
The indoor unit of 15-140 (Code 3-28) is possible to connect.
Check points
Check the model code registration
switch (indoor controller board SW2) in the connected indoor unit.
The outdoor unit SW1 operation can
check model code of the connected indoor units.
Code of indoor unit
ON OFF
21345678
No.2
ON OFF
No.1
21345678
7102
Number of connecting unit over
When the connecting unit exceeds a number of limitations, error code <7102> is displayed.
Even if the indoor unit is not connected, <7102> is displayed.
Connecting unit exceeds a number of limitations. It is assumed abnormal excluding the following cases;
1) The indoor unit can be totally
connected up to 8 (P100)/10 (P125)/ 12
(P140) units. The indoor unit can be connected up to 8 (P100)/10 (P125)/ 12 (P140) units.
2) Ventilation unit connecting is only 1 unit.
No.3
No.5
No.7
No.9
No.11
ON OFF
ON OFF
ON OFF
ON OFF
ON OFF
21345678
21345678
21345678
21345678
21345678
No.4
No.6
No.8
No.10
No.12
ON OFF
ON OFF
ON OFF
ON OFF
ON OFF
21345678
21345678
21345678
21345678
21345678
The black square () indicates a switch position.
Check whether the connecting unit exceeds a number of limitations or not.
7105
Address setting error
Address setting of the outdoor unit is wrong.
Addresses mis-setting of the outdoor unit
The outdoor unit is not set in 000 or in the range of 51-100.
7111 When an old type remote controller for
Remote controller sensor
In the case of network remote controller, it is an abnormality when incapable response returns from the network remote
M-NET is used, and the remote controller sensor is specified (SW1-1 is ON).
controller during the operation.
0403
Serial communication error
Abnormal if serial communication between outdoor multi board and outdoor power board is defective.
Breaking of wire or contact failure of connector CN2 Breaking of wire or contact failure of connector CN4 Defective communication circuit of outdoor power board Defective communication circuit of outdoor multi board for power board
58
Check the address setting of the outdoor unit. The address should be set in 000 or 51-100.
When the setting is out of the range, reset it, turn off power supply of the outdoor unit, indoor unit and lossnay for 2 minutes or more at the same time, and turn on power supply again.
Replace the remote controller to net work remote controller.
 Check connection of each connector CN2, CN4.
Replace outdoor power board.
Replace outdoor multi board.
9-2. REMOTE CONTROLLER DIAGNOSIS
· MA remote controller is equipped with the diagnosis function
If the air conditioner cannot be operated from the remote controller, diagnose the remote controller as explained below.
First, check that the power-on indicator is lit. If the correct voltage (DC12 V) is not supplied to the remote controller, the indicator will not light. If this occurs, check the remote controller's wiring and the indoor unit.
Power on indicator
Switch to the remote controller self-diagnosis mode.
Press the
change as shown below.
Remote controller self-diagnosis result
[When the remote controller is functioning correctly]
CHECK
button for 5 seconds or more. The display content will
Press the
[When the remote controller malfunctions] (Error display 1) "NG" flashes. The remote controller's transmitting-receiv-
FILTER
button to start self-diagnosis.
ing circuit is defective.
Check for other possible causes, as there is no problem with the remote controller.
[Where the remote controller is not defective, but cannot be operated.] (Error display 2) [E3], [6833] or [6832] flashes. Transmission is not possible.
There might be noise or interference on the transmission path, or the indoor unit or other remote controllers are defective. Check the transmission path and other controllers.
To cancel remote controller diagnosis
Press the After approximately 30 seconds, the state in effect before the diagnosis will be restored.
CHECK
button for 5 seconds or more. Remote controller diagnosis will be cancelled, "PLEASE WAIT" and operation lamp will flash.
The remote controller must be replaced with a new one.
(Error display 3)
The number of data errors is the difference between the number of bits sent from the remote controller and the number actually transmitted through the transmis­sion path. If such a problem is occurring, the transmitted data is affected by noise, etc. Check the transmission path.
"ERC" and the number of data errors are displayed. Data error has occurred.
When the number of data errors is "02":
Transmission data from remote controller
Transmission data on transmission path
59
9-3. REMOTE CONTROLLER TROUBLE
STAND BY DEFROST
CENTRALLY CONTROLLED
CHECK
°C
TEMP.
TIMER SET
ON OFF
CLOCK
ERROR CODE
1Hr.
NOT AVAILABLE
°C
FILTER
CHECK MODE
TEST RUN FUNCTION
ON/OFF
CHECK TEST
“ ” Indicator: appears when current is carried.
FILTER
(M-NET Remote controller)
(1) For M-NET remote controller systems
Symptom or inspection code Cause Inspection method and solution
Though the content of operation is displayed on the remote controller, some indoor units do not operate.
Though the indoor unit operates, the display of the remote controller goes out soon.
( ) is not displayed on the remote controller.
(M-NET remote controller
is not fed.)
"HO" keeps being displayed or it is displayed periodically. ("HO" is usually displayed about 3 minutes after the power supply of the outdoor unit is on.)
The remote controller does not operate though ( ) is displayed.
• The power supply of the indoor unit is not on. The address of the indoor units in same group or the remote controller
is not set correctly.
The group setting between outdoor units is not registered to the remote
controller.
• The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown.
• The power supply of the indoor unit is not on.
• The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown.
• The power supply of the outdoor unit is not on.
• The connector of transmission outdoor power board is not connected.
The number of connected indoor unit in the refrigeration system is over the limit or the number of connected remote controller is over the limit.
M-NET remote controller is connected to MA remote controller cable.
• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is shorted or down.
• M-NET remote controller cable is shorted or down.
• Transmission outdoor power board failure.
• The power supply for the feeding expansion unit for the transmission
line is not on.
• The address of the outdoor unit remains "00". The address of the indoor unit or the remote controller is not set correctly.
• MA remote controller is connected to the transmission line of the
indoor/outdoor unit.
• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is connected to TB15.
• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is shorted, down or
badly contacted.
• Check the part where the abnormality occurs.
The entire system In the entire refrigerant system In same group only 1 indoor unit only
<In case of the entire system or in the entire refrigerant system>
Check the self-diagnosis LED
of the outdoor unit.
• Check the items shown in the left that are related to the outdoor unit.
<In case of in same group only or 1 indoor unit only>
• Check the items shown in the left that are related to the indoor unit.
(2) For MA remote controller systems
Symptom or inspection code Cause Inspection method and solution
Though the content of operation is displayed on the remote controller, some indoor units do not operate.
Though the indoor unit operates, the display of the remote controller goes out soon.
( ) is not displayed on the remote controller. (MA remote controller is not fed.)
"PLEASE WAIT" keeps being dis­played or it is displayed periodically. ("PLEASE WAIT" is usually dis­played about 3 minutes after the power supply of the outdoor unit is on.)
remote controller does not
The operate though ( ) is displayed.
• The power supply of the indoor unit is not on.
• Wiring between indoor units in same group is not finished.
• The indoor unit and Slim model are connected to same group.
• The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown.
• The power supply of the indoor unit (Master) is not on.
• In case of connecting the system controller, the setting of the system controller does not correspond to that of MA remote controller.
• The fuse on the indoor unit (Master) controller board is blown. The remote controller is not fed until the power supply of both indoor unit
and outdoor unit is on and the start-up of both units is finished normally.
• The power supply of the indoor unit is not on.
• The power supply of the outdoor unit is not on.
• The number of connected remote controller is over the limit (Maximum: 2 units) or the number of connected indoor unit that is over the limit (Maximum: 16 units).
The address of the indoor unit is "00" and the address for the outdoor
unit is the one other than "00".
The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is connected to TB15.
• MA remote controller is connected to the transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit .
• The remote controller cable is shorted or down.
• The power supply cable or the transmission line is shorted or down.
• The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown.
• The power supply of the outdoor unit is not on.
• The power supply of the feeding expansion unit for the transmission line is not on.
• The setting of MA remote controller is not main remote controller, but sub-remote controller.
• MA remote controller is connected to the transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit
.
• The power supply of the indoor unit (Master) is not on.
• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is connected to TB15.
• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is shorted, down or badly contacted.
•The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown.
• Check the part where the abnormality occurs.
The entire system In the entire refrigerant system In same group only 1 indoor unit only
<In case of the entire system or in the entire refrigerant system>
Check the self-diagnosis LED
of the outdoor unit.
• Check the items shown in the left that are related to the outdoor unit.
<In case of in same group only or 1 indoor unit only>
• Check the items shown in the left that are related to the indoor unit.
60
9-4. THE FOLLOWING SYMPTOM DO NOT REPRESENT TROUBLE (EMERGENCY)
Symptom
Even the cooling (heating) operation selection button is pressed, the indoor unit cannot be operated. The auto vane runs freely.
Fan setting changes during heating.
Fan stops during heating operation. Fan does not stop while operation has been stopped. No setting of fan while start SW has been turned on.
Indoor unit remote controller shows “HO” or “PLEASE WAIT ” indicator for about 2 minutes when turning ON power supply. Drain pump does not stop while unit has been stopped. Drain pump continues to operate while unit has been stopped.
Display of remote controller
"Cooling (Heating)" blinks
Normal display
Normal display
"Defrost "
Light out
STAND BY
“HO” blinks “PLEASE WAIT” blinks
Light out
CAUSE
The indoor unit can not cool (Heat) if other indoor units are heating (Cooling).
Because of the control operation of auto vane, it may change over to horizontal blow automatically from the downward blow in cooling in cause the downward blow operation has been continued for 1 hour. At defrosting in heating, hot adjusting and thermostat OFF, it automatically changes over to horizontal blow. Ultra-low speed operation is commenced at thermostat OFF. Light air automatically change over to set value by time or piping temperature at thermostat ON. The fan is to stop during defrosting.
Fan is to run for 1 minute after stopping to exhaust residual heat (only in heating). Ultra-low speed operation for 5 minutes after SW ON or until piping temperature becomes 35°C. There low speed operate for 2 minutes, and then set notch is commenced. (Hot adjust control) System is being driven. Operate remote controller again after “HO” or “PLEASE WAIT” disappears.
After a stop of cooling operation, unit continues to operate drain pump for 3 minutes and then stops it. Unit continues to operate drain pump if drainage is generated, even during a stop.
61
9-5. INTERNAL SWITCH FUNCTION TABLE PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS)
PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
The black square () indicates a switch position.
Switch
SW U1 1s digit
SW U2 10ths digit
Step
Rotary switch
Function
0
1
9
2
8
3
7
4
6
5
SWU2
(10ths digit)
SWU1
(1s digit)
Operation in Each Switch Setting
ON OFF When to Set
0
1
9
2
8
3
7
4
6
5
Before turning the power on
Remarks
<Initial settings>
0
1
9
2
8
3
7
4
6
5
SWU2
(10ths digit)
0
1
9
2
8
3
7
4
6
5
SWU1
(1s digit)
SW1 Digital Display Switching
SW2 Function Switching
SW3 Trial operation
Outdoor unit
SW4 Model Switching
SW5 Function switching
1~8
ON
OFF
1
Selects operating system startup
1
Connection Information Clear Switch
2
Abnormal data clear switch input
3
Pump down
4
5
Auto change over from Remote controller
6
1
ON/OFF from outdoor unit
Mode setting
2
+1 MODEL SELECT 1:ON 0:OFF
1~6
PUMY-P100V PUMY-P125V PUMY-P140V
Pressure limitation value change
1
Change the indoor unit's LEV opening at
2
start
Fixing the indoor units linear expansion
3
valve opening Fix the operation frequency
4
Change the indoor unit's LEV opening
5
at defrost
Switching the target sub cool.
6
MODELS
SW4
123456 010010
010001 010011
234 567 8
With centralized controller
Clear
Clear abnormal data
Run adjustment mode
Enable
ON
Heating
MODELS
PUMY-P100Y PUMY-P125Y PUMY-P140Y
Enable
Enable
Fix Normal
Fix Normal
Enable
Enable
Can be set either during operation or not.
Without centralized controller
Do not clear
Normal
Normal
Disable
Before turning the power on
OFF to ON any time after the power is turned on.
During compressor running
Before turning the power on
——
OFF
Cooling
SW4
123456 110010
Any time after the power is turned on.
Before the power is turned on.
110001 110011
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Can be set when off or during operation
OFF to ON during com­pressor running.
Can be set when off or during operation
<Initial settings>
ON
OFF
1
234 567 8
<Initial settings>
ON
OFF
1
23456
<Initial settings>
ON
OFF
<Initial settings>
Set for each capacity.
<Initial settings>
ON
OFF
1
234 567 8
During the FAN or COOL mode,and thermo-OFF or OFF in heating operation, set the opening of
7
linear expansion valve on indoor unit
+1
Active
Inactive
During the FAN or COOL mode,and thermo-OFF
8
in heating operation, set the opening of linear ex­pansion valve on indoor unit
+2
Active Inactive
+1 SW5-7 Refrigerant amount shortage measure during heating operation (Refrigerant piping is long etc.) +2 SW5-8 Countermeasure against room temperature rise for indoor unit in FAN, COOL, and thermo-OFF (heating) mode.
1
2
62
Switch
Step
Function
The black square () indicates a switch position.
Operation in Each Switch Setting
ON OFF When to Set
Remarks
SW6 function switching
Outdoor unit
SW7 function switching
SW8 function switching
1
Switch of current limitation reading
2
in a different way
3
Restriction of maximum
4
frequency Ignore refrigerant filling
5
abnormality
Switching the target discharge
6
pressure (Pdm)
Switching (1) the target evaporation
7
temperature (ETm) Switching (2) the target evaporation
8
temperature (ETm)
Ignore current sensor
1
abnormality
2
3
4
5
6
Forced defrost
Silent mode/Demand Control
1
Selection (see next page)
2
Change of defrosting control
—— —
Enable
—— —
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Forced defrost Normal
Demand Control
Enable (For high humidity)
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Silent mode
Normal
Before turning the power on.
Can be set when off or during operation
Before turning the power on.
During compressor running in heating mode.
Can be set when off or during operation
<Initial settings>
ON
OFF
1
234 567 8
<Initial settings>
ON
OFF
1
23456
<Initial settings>
ON
OFF
1
2
63
9-6. OUTDOOR UNIT INPUT/OUTPUT CONNECTOR
State (CN51)
L1
~
L2
Auto change over (CN3N)
SW1
~
SW2
X
Y
X
X
Y
Y
CN51
5 4 3
X
Y
CN3N
1
2 3
Distant control board Relay circuit External output adapter (PAC-SA88HA-E) Outdoor unit control board
L
1: Error display lamp
L
2: Compressor operation lamp
X, Y: Relay (Coil standard of 0.9W or less for DC 12V) X, Y: Relay (DC1mA)
Remote control panel Relay circuit External input adapter (PAC-SC36NA) Outdoor unit control board
SW1 SW2
ON
Heating
Validity of SW1
OFF
Cooling
Invalidity of SW1
Lamp power supply Procure locally Max. 10m
Relay power supply Procure locally Max. 10m
Silent Mode / Demand Control (CN3D)
SW1
~
SW2
X
X
Y
Y
The silent mode and the demand control are selected by switching the Dip switch 8-1 on outdoor controller board. It is possible to set it to the following power consumption (compared with ratings) by setting SW1, 2.
Outdoor controller board DIP SW8-1
Silent mode Demand control
OFF ON
CN3D
1
2 3
Remote control panel Relay circuit External input adapter (PAC-SC36NA) Outdoor unit control board
SW1 SW2
ON
Heating
Validity of SW1
OFF
Cooling
Invalidity of SW1
Relay power supply Procure locally Max. 10m
SW1 SW2 Function
ON OFF ON ON OFFONON
Silent mode operation
— OFF OFF
100%
75% 50%
0%
(Normal)
(Stop)
64
9-7. HOW TO CHECK THE PARTS PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS)
PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
Parts name
Thermistor (TH3) <Outdoor pipe>
Thermistor (TH4) <Dischatge> <Compressor>
Thermistor (TH6)
<
Low pressure saturated
temperature> Thermistor (TH7)
<Outdoor> Thermistor (TH8)
<Heatsink>
Fan motor (MF1, MF2)
Solenoid valve coil <Four-way valve> (21S4)
Motor for compressor (MC)
U
Check points
Disconnect the connector then measure the resistance with a tester. (At the ambient temperature 10~30)
Normal
TH4
TH3
TH6
TH7
TH8 +1
Refer to next page.
Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester. (At the ambient temperature 20
Normal
1435 ± 150
Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester. (Winding temperature 20)
160k~410k
4.3k~9.6k
39k~105k
)
Open or short
Abnormal
Open or short
Abnormal
+1 TH8 is internal thermistor of power module. (Y)
V
W
Solenoid valve coil <Bypass valve> (SV1)
Normal
0.330
Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester. (At the ambient temperature 20)
Normal
1197 ± 10
Abnormal
Open or short
Abnormal
Open or short
65
Check method of DC fan motor (fan motor/outdoor controller circuit board)
Notes
· High voltage is applied to the connecter (CNF1, 2) for the fan motor. Pay attention to the service.
· Do not pull out the connector (CNF1, 2) for the motor with the power supply on. (It causes trouble of the outdoor controller circuit Self check
Symptom : The outdoor fan cannot turn around.
Fuse check
Check the fuse (F500) on outdoor multi controller board.
board and fan motor.)
Did the fuse blow?
No
Wiring contact check
Contact of fan motor connector (CNF1, 2)
Is there contact failure?
No
Power supply check (Remove the connector (CNF1, 2))
Measure the voltage in the outdoor controller circuit
Yes
Yes
Replace outdoor controller board (MULTI.B.) (C.B) and fan motor (MF1, 2).
Recover wiring.
board.
TEST POINT  : VDC (between 1 (+) and 4 (-) of the fan connector): VDC DC310-340V (Y)
: VDC (between 1 (+) and 4 (-) of the fan connector):
VDC DC280-340V (when ACTM stops), DC350V (when ACTM is operating) (V)
TEST POINT  : VCC (between 5 (+) and 4 (-) of the fan connector): VCC DC15V
Is the voltage normal?
No
Yes
Replace the fan motor.
Yes
Check the operation of fan. END
Replace outdoor
controller board.
OK
Check the operation. END
NG
Replace outdoor controller board.
NG
OK
Replace the fan motor.
66
9-8. HOW TO CHECK THE COMPONENTS
<Thermistor feature chart>
Low temperature thermistors
• Thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3)
• Thermistor <Low pressure saturated temperature> (TH6)
• Thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7)
Thermistor R0 = 15k' ± 3% B constant = 3480 ± 2%
Rt =15exp{3480(
0: 15k' 10: 9.6k' 20: 6.3k' 25: 5.2k'
Medium temperature thermistor
• Heatsink temperature thermistor (TH8)
Thermistor R50 = 17k' ± 2% B constant = 4170 ± 3%
11
273+t – 273
30: 4.3k' 40: 3.0k'
)}
(Only VHMB)
50
40
30
20
Resistance (k)
10
0
-20-100 1020304050
Temperature ()
200
150
t =17exp{4170(
R
1 1
273+t – 323
)}
0: 180k' 25: 50k' 50: 17k' 70: 8k' 90: 4k'
High temperature thermistor
• Thermistor <Discharge/Compressor> (TH4)
Thermistor R120 = 7.465k' ± 2% B constant = 4057 ± 2%
1
t =7.465exp{4057(
R
20: 250k' 30: 160k' 40: 104k' 50: 70k' 60: 48k'
1
273+t – 393
)}
70: 34k' 80: 24k' 90: 17.5k' 100: 13.0k' 110: 9.8k'
<HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR>
Vout (V)
4.5
2.5
0.5
2.5 5 PRESSURE
(MPa)
MULTI CONTROLLER BOARD
5V DC
WHT
BLU
Vout
BLK
SENSOR
- : 5V (DC) - : Output Vout (DC)
3
2
1
63HS
100
Resistance (k)
50
0
500
400
300
200
Resistance (k)
100
0
MICRO COMPUTER
GND
25 50 75 100 110 125
Temperature
50 75 100 120
25
Temperature ()
67
9-9. TEST POINT DIAGRAM Outdoor multi controller board
PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
<CAUTION> TEST POINT 1 is high voltage.
CN102
Connect to the M-P.B (Transmission power board)
CN40,CN41
Centralized control power supply/ For storing jumper connector selection
CNS2
Transmission wire of centralized control
CNS1
Indoor/ outdoor unit connecting wire
CN2
Connect to the outdoor power circuit board 1-5: Power circuit board Transmitting signal to the multi controller board (0-5V DC) 2-5: Zero cross signal (0-5V DC)
3-4: Not used 6-5: 16V DC 7-5: 16V DC
SW8
Demand/Silent selection
SW1
Display selection (Self diagnosis)
SWU2, SWU1
Address setting
CNLVB (Only VHMB)
Connect to the outdoor noise filter circuit board (CN52C)1 - 6: DC12V
63L
Low pressure switch
CN3N
Input of demand control
63H
High pressure switch
CN3D
Input of demand control
SW2
Pump down
SW3
Test run
SW7
Forced defrost
SW4
Model select
CN51
External signal output
TH4 Thermistor
<Discharge/Compressor>
TH3 Thermistor
<Outdoor pipe>
TH7/TH6 Thermistor
<Outdoor/Saturation tempera­ture of suction pressure>
63HS
High pressure sensor
VFG (TEST POINT4)
(Voltage between left pins of PC511 and PC512, pin1 and pin2) : (Same as CNF1,2 7(+)–4(-))
VSP
(Voltage between pins of C515 and C516) : DC0V (when stopped) DC1–6.5V (when operated) (Same as CNF1,2 6(+)–4(-))
CNF1, 2
Connect to fan motors 14 : DC310V-340V (Y) : DC280V-350V (V)
5–4 : DC15V 6–4 : DC0–6.5V 7–4 : DC15V (when stopped)
DC0–15V pulse (when operated)
68
VDC (TEST POINT1)
(Voltage between pins of C510) : DC310V-DC340V (Y) : DC280V-DC350V (V) (Same as CNF1,2 1(+)–4(-))
CNAC
Power supply for multi controller board 220-240VAC
SV1
Bypass valve
21S4
Four-way valve
VCC (TEST POINT2)
(Voltage between pins of C82A) : DC15V (Same as CNF1,2 5(+)–4(-))
CNDC
DC310V–340V (Y) DC280V–DC350V (V) (1(+)–3(-))
Outdoor power circuit board PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS)
PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS)
Brief Check of POWER MODULE W Usually, they are in a state of being short-circuited if they are broken. Measure the resistance in the following points (connectors, etc.). If they are short-circuited, it means that they are broken.
1. Check of POWER MODULE
1.Check of DIODE circuit S - P1 , T - P1 , S - N1 , T - N1
2.Check of DIP-IPM P - U , P - V , P - W , N - U , N - V , N - W
CN2 Connect to the outdoor controller multi circuit board (CN2) 1-5:Transmitting signal to the outdoor controller circuit board (0~5V DC)
2-5:Zero cross signal (0~5V DC) 3-4:18V DC 6-5:16V DC 7-5:16V DC
CN3 Thermistor (TH8) <Heatsink>
CN5 Detection of primary current Connect to the outdoor noise filter circuit board (CN5)
CNDC 280V-350V DC (1+, 3–) Connect to the outdoor con­troller multi circuit board
TABS/T Connect to the outdoor noise filter circuit board Voltage among phases:220-240V AC
TABN1/SC-N1 Connect to the ACTM(-)
TABP1/SC-P1 Connect to 52C
CN4 Connect to the outdoor controller multi circuit board (CN4)
TABP2/SC-P2 Connect to the ACTM (P)
TABU/V/W Connect to the compressor (MC) Voltage among phases: 10V~180V AC
69
TABN2/SC-N2 Connect to the ACTM (N2)
Outdoor power circuit board PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS)
PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
Brief check of POWER MODULE W Usually, each point is in a state of being short-circuited if they are broken. Measure the resistance in the following points (connectors, etc.). If they are short-circuited, it means that they are broken.
1. Check of POWER MODULE
1.Check of DIODE circuit L1 - P1 , L2 - P1 , L3 - P1 , L1 - N1 , L2 - N1 , L3 - N1
2.Check of IGBT circuit
P2 - U , P2 - V , P2 - W , N2 - U , N2 - V , N2 - W Note:The marks, L1 , L2 , L3 , N1 , N2 , P1, P2 , U , V and W shown in the diagram are not actually printed on the board.
CN5
Detection of primary current (Connect to the outdoor noise filter circuit board (CNCT))
TAB connecter on X52A Connect to the RS resistor
CN4
Connect to the outdoor controller circuit board (CN4)
CN7
Connect to the outdoor converter circuit board (CN7)
CN2 Connect to the outdoor controller circuit board (CN2) 1-5: Power circuit board
Transmitting
signal to the controller board (0-5V DC)
2-5: Zero cross signal (0-5V DC) 3-4: Not used
[ 5 : – 1, 2, 6, 7 : + ]
6-5: 16V DC 7-5: 16V DC
TB-U, TB-V, TB-W
Connect to the compressor (MC) Voltage among phases: 10V-400V AC
W
V
U
L3
L2
P1
L1
N2N1P2
TB-L1, TB-L2, TB-L3
Connect to the outdoor converter circuit board (L1-OU, L2-OU, L3-OU) 380V-415V AC
TB-N1
Connect to the smoothing capacitor
and the CK
CB2 capacitor
TB-P2
Connect to the smoothing capacitor CB1
+
TB-C1
Connect to the smoothing capacitor
, CB2 +
CB1
70
POWER MODULE
Outdoor converter circuit board PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS)
PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
CK-OU
Connect to the CK capacitor
L1-IN, N-IN
Connect to the noise filter circuit board (LO1, No)
L1-A1
Connect to the ACL1
CN7
Connect to the outdoor power circuit board (CN7)
L1-A2, L2-A2, L3-A2
Connect to the ACL1, ACL2, ACL3
71
L1-OU, L2-OU, L3-OU
Connect to the outdoor power circuit board (TB-L1, L2, L3)
Transmission power board
PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
CN2
Connect to the outdoor multi controller board
1-2: 24–30V DC 3-4: 24–30V DC
CN1
Connect to the outdoor noise filter circuit board 13 : 220–240V AC
72
Outdoor noise filter circuit board PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS)
PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS)
CN5 52C driving signal (Connect to the outdoor controller circuit board(CNLVB))
RS1
LO, NO Voltage of
CNAC2 220-240V AC (Connect to the outdoor control­ler circuit board (CNAC))
220-240V AC is out­put (Connect to the outdoor power circuit board)
CNAC1 220-240V AC (Connect to the M-NET power circuit board (M-P.B.))
EI Connect to the earth
E2 Connect to the earth
CN5 Primary current (Connect to the outdoor power circuit board (CN5))
LI, NI Voltage of 220-240V AC is input (Connect to the terminal block(TB1))
73
Outdoor noise filter circuit board PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS)
PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
LI1, LI2, LI3, NI
CNAC1 AC220/230/240V
(Connect to the outdoor transmission power board(CN1))
GD1
Connect to the earth
POWER SUPPLY
LI1-LI2/LI2-LI3/LI3-LI1 : AC380/400/415V input LI1-NI/LI2-NI/LI3-NI : AC220/230/240V input (Connect to the terminal block (TB1))
CNAC2 AC220/230/240V
(Connect to the outdoor controller circuit board (CNAC))
CNDC
(Connect to the outdoor controller circuit board (CNDC))
CNL Connect to the ACL4
NO Connect to the outdoor converter circuit board. (N-IN)
GD3
Connect to the earth
CNCT Primary current
(Connect to the outdoor power circuit board (CN5))
LO1, LO2, LO3 POWER SUPPLY
LO1-LO2/LO2-LO3/LO3-LO1 : AC380/400/415V OUTPUT (Connect to the outdoor converter circuit board and ACL (L1-IN, ACL2, ACL3))
74
Active filter module PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS)
PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS)
P
Connect to the L1, L2 Connect to the DCL (Reactor)
outdoor power
circuit board
(TABP2)
N1 Non-connect
Upper side
+
Connect to the outdoor power circuit board (TABP1)
Connect to the outdoor
power circuit board (TABN1)
Connection and internal circuit diagram
(+)
(
-
Lower side
N2 Non-connect
Connect to the outdoor power circuit board (CNAF)
1 : GND 2-1 : 15V DC 3-1 : Control signal 4, 5 : Not used 6-1 : Control signal
DCL
L1 L2
)
ACTM
P
N1 N2
Io
lo Connect to the outdoor power circuit board (TABN2)
+
Load
Tester check points of Active fi lter module
Error condition Normal value (reference)
(–) and Io open less than 1
(–) and L2
P and L2
P and Io
L2 and Io
The symptom when the unit is in open error condition is described to determine open error by tester check.
W
short 100k" ~ 1M
open
short 100k" ~ 1M
open
short 100k" ~ 1M
open
short 100k" ~ 1M
open
"
W
W
W
W
The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON)
1
"
The breaker operates
1
The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON)
1
"
The breaker operates
1
The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON)
1
"
The breaker operates
1
The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON)
1
"
The breaker operates
1
The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON)
1
Symptom when the unit is in trouble
4220 Abnormal stop (9-10. No.189 "ACTM error" display)
2
4220 Abnormal stop (9-10. No.189 "ACTM error" display)
2
4220 Abnormal stop (9-10. No.189 "ACTM error" display)
2
4220 Abnormal stop (9-10. No.189 "ACTM error" display)
2
75
9-10. OUTDOOR UNIT FUNCTIONS
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1516171819
202122
232425
26
27
28
29
30
SW1 setting
12345678
00000000
10000000
01000000
11000000
00100000
10100000
01100000
11100000
00010000
10010000
01010000
11010000
00110000
10110000
01110000
11110000
00001000
10001000
01001000
11001000
00101000
10101000
01101000
11101000
00011000
10011000
01011000
11011000
00111000
10111000
01111000
Relay output display
Check display
Indoor unit check status
Protection input
Protection input
Protection input
Abnormality delay display 1
Abnormality delay display 2
Abnormality delay display 3
Abnormality delay history 1
Abnormality delay history 2
Abnormality delay history 3
Abnormality code history 2
Abnormality code history 3
Abnormality code history 4
Abnormality code history 5
Abnormality code history 6
Abnormality code history 7
Abnormality code history 8
Abnormality code history 9
Cumulative time
Cumulative time
Outdoor unit operation display
Indoor unit operation mode
Indoor unit operation display
Capacity code (No. 1 indoor unit)
Capacity code (No. 2 indoor unit)
Capacity code (No. 3 indoor unit)
Capacity code (No. 4 indoor unit)
Capacity code (No. 5 indoor unit)
1
Compressor operation
No.1 unit check
2
52C
No.2 unit
check
3
21S4
No.3 unit check
4
SV1
No.4 unit check
Over capacity
7
No.7 unit check
5
(SV2)
No.5 unit check
6
No.6 unit check
TH6 abnormality delay
8
Lighting always
No.8 unit check
TH8 abnormality
ON: light on OFF: light off
•When abnormality occurs, check display.
Check: light on Normal: light off
Display input microprocessor
protection (abnormality)
Display all abnormalities
remaining in abnormality
delay
Display all abnormalities
remaining in abnormality
delay history
•Display abnormalities up to
present (including abnormality
terminals)
•History record in 1 is the
latest; records become older
in sequence; history record
in 10 is the oldest.
Display of cumulative
compressor operating time
Thermo ON : light on Thermo OFF : light off
•Display of indoor unit
capacity code
•The No. 1 unit will start from
the address with the lowest
number
Notes
Alternating display of addresses
0000-9999 and abnormality code
(including abnormality delay code)
0~9999(unit: 1-hour)
0~9999(unit: 10-hour)
0~255
Excitation Current
No.1 unit mode
No.1 unit operation
Restart after 3 minutes
No.2 unit mode
No.2 unit operation
Compressor operation
No.3 unit mode
No.3 unit operation
Abnormality(detection)
No.4 unit mode
No.4 unit operation
No.5 unit mode
No.5 unit operation
No.6 unit mode
No.6 unit operation
No.7 unit mode
No.7 unit operation
No.8 unit mode
No.8 unit operation
0000~9999 (Alternating display of addresses and error code)
Display mode
Display on the LED1, 2 (display data)
No.
Delay code
1202
1205
1211
1214
1221
Delay code
1402
1600
1601
4320
4330
4350
Abnormality delay
Discharge/Compressor temperature abnormality
Discharge/Compressor temperature sensor (TH4) abnormality
Outdoor pipe temperature sensor (TH3) abnormality
Heatsink thermistor (TH8) abnormality
Outside air temperature sensor (TH7) abnormality
Abnormality delay
High-pressure abnormality
Pressure sensor (63HS) abnormality
Over charge refrigerant abnormality
Insufficient refrigerant abnormality
Heatsink temperature abnormality
Power module abnormality
Abnormality in the
number of indoor units
High-pressure
abnormality delay
High-pressure
abnormality delay
High-pressure
abnormality
Address double
setting abnormality
TH4
abnormality
delay
TH4
abnormality delay
Current sensor
abnormality
TH3 abnormality
delay
Saturation temperature of suction pressure
sensor (TH6) abnormality
Frequency converter insufficient
wiring voltage abnormality
Cooling : light on Heating: light flashing
Stop fan: light off
Abnormality code history 10
(the oldest)
Abnormality code history 1
(the latest)
Indoor unit
address error
Outdoor unit
address error
Current sensor
abnormality delay
Current sensor
abnormality delay
Heatsink
overheating
Over current interception
TH4 abnormality
TH3 abnormality
Outdoor fan rotantial
frequency abnormality
TH7 abnormality
Heatsink
overheating delay
Heatsink
overheating delay
SHd(low discharge temperature)
abnormality
SHd(low discharge temperature)
abnormality delay
Over current interception
delay
Over current
interception delay
Discharge/Compressor
temperature
abnormality
Indoor unit
capacity error
Discharge/Compressor
temp.
abnormality delay
Voltage abnormality
delay
Discharge/Compressor
temp.
abnormality delay
Voltage abnormality
delay
Insufficient refrigerant
amount abnormality
Insufficient refrigerant
amount abnormality delay
Frozen protection delay
Insufficient refrigerant
amount abnormality delay
Frozen protection delay
TH3 abnormality
delay
Power module
abnormality delay
Power module
abnormally delay
Low-pressure
abnormality
Outdoor fan rotantial fre-
quency abnormality delay
Low-pressure
abnormality delay
TH6 abnormality
delay
Outdoor fan rotantial
frequency abnormality delay
Low-pressure
abnormality delay
63HS abnormality
Current sensor
open/short
TH7 abnormality
delay
63HS abnormality
delay
Current sensor
open/short delay
TH7 abnormality
delay
63HS abnormality
delay
Current sensor
open/short delay
start over current
interception abnormality
serial communication
abnormality
start over current inter-
ception abnormality delay
communication(POWER
BOARD)abnormality delay
start over current inter-
ception abnormality delay
communication(POWER
BOARD)abnormality delay
start over current inter-
ception abnormality delay
SHd(low discharge temperature)
abnormality delay
Voltage abnormality
start over current inter-
ception abnormality delay
SW:setting
0....OFF
1....ON
76
3132333435
36
37
38394041424344
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
SW1 setting
12345678
111110 00
00000100
10000100
01000100
11000100
00100100
10100100
01100100
11100100
00010100
10010100
01010100
11010100
00110100
10110100
01110100
11110100
00001100
IC1 operation mode
IC2 operation mode
IC3 operation mode
IC4 operation mode
IC5 operation mode
OC operation mode
External connection status
Communication demand capacity
Number of compressor ON/OFF
Compressor operating current
Input current of outdoor unit
Thermo ON operating time
Total capacity of thermo on
Number of indoor units
DC bus voltage
State of LEV control
State of compressor
frequency control 1
State of compressor
frequency control 2
1
2
3
4
7
5
6
8
•Display of indoor unit
operating mode
Light on/light off
Input: light off No input: light on
Display of communication demand capacity
Notes
0~255
0000~9999 (unit : o10)
0~999.9 (A)
0~999.9 (A)
0000~9999 (unit : o10)
0~255
0~255 (Max. 12 unit)
0~999.9 (V)
OFF
Td over heat
prevention
Discharge
pressure
control
Heatsink
over heat pre-
vention control
SHd declease
prevention
Discharge/
Compressor
temp.control
Secondary
current control
Min.Sj
correction
depends on Td
LEV opening
correction
depends on Pd
Discharge
temp.(heating)
Backup
LEV opening
correction
depends on Td
Correction of
high compression
ratio prevention
Freeze
prevention
control
Fan
Cooling
thermo
ON
Cooling
thermo
OFF
Heating
thermo
ON
Heating
thermo
OFF
ON/OFF
Heating/Cooling
Abnormal/Normal
DEFROST/NO
Refrigerant pull back/no
Excitation current/no
P96:Autochange
over fixed mode
CN3N1-2 input
P95:Undefined
CN3S1-2 input
P94:Demand
CN3D1-3 input
P93:Silent
CN3D1-2 input
3-min.delay/no
P97:Autochange
over permission
CN3N1-3 input
Display mode
Display on the LED1, 2 (display data)
No.
10001100
01001100
11001100
Protection input
State of compressor frequency(Hz) control (Words)
Content
Discharge pressure control Hz control by pressure limitation
Discharge/Compressor temperature control
Hz control by discharge/compressor temperature limitation
Max.Hz control
Max.Hz limitation when power supply on
Hz control by bypass valve
Abnormal rise of Pd control Control that restrains abnormal rise of discharge pressure
Heatsink over heat prevention control Heatsink over heat prevention control
Secondary current control
Secondary current control
Input current control Input current control
Hz correction of receipt voltage decrease prevention
Max.Hz correction control due to voltage decrease
Hz restrain of receipt voltage change Max.Hz correction control due to receipt voltage change
The second current value when
microprocessor of POWER
BOARD abnormality is detected
The radiator panel temperature
when microprocessor of POWER
BOARD abnormality is detected
0~999.9 [Arms]
-99.9~999.9 (Short/Open:-99.9 or 999.9)
Frozen protection
TH6 abnormality
Power module
abnormality
Discharge
pressure(heating)
Backup
SV control
Max. Hz
control
Input current
control
Frequency restrain
of receipt voltage
change
Max. Hz
control
77
52
53
545758
596061
62
636465
66
69
70
71
72
737475
76
777880
818283
84
85
SW1 setting
12345678
00101100
10101100
01101100
10011100
01011100
110 11100
00111100
10 111100
011111 00
11111100
00000010
10000010
01000010
10100010
01100010
11100010
00010010
10010010
01010010
11010010
00110010
10110010
01110010
00001010
10001010
01001010
11001010
00101010
10101010
Indoor uint check status
Indoor unit operation mode
Indoor unit operation display
IC6 operation mode
IC7 operation mode
IC8 operation mode
IC9 operation mode
IC10 operation mode
IC11 operation mode
IC12 operation mode
Operational frequency
Target frequency
Outdoor fan control step number
IC1 LEV Opening pulse
IC2 LEV Opening pulse
IC3 LEV Opening pulse
IC4 LEV Opening pulse
IC5 LEV Opening pulse
High-pressure sensor (Pd) kgf/cm
2
TH4 (Td) °C
TH6 (ET) °C
TH7 (Outdoor-temp.) °C
TH3 (Outdoor pipe) °C
TH8 (Power module) °C
IC1 TH23 (Gas) °C
IC2 TH23 (Gas) °C
IC3 TH23 (Gas) °C
IC4 TH23 (Gas) °C
IC5 TH23 (Gas) °C
1
2
3
4
7
5
6
8
Display of actual operating frequency
Display of target frequency
Display of number of outdoor
fan control steps (target)
Display of opening pulse of
indoor LEV
Display of outdoor subcool
(SC) data and detection data
from high-pressure sensor and
each thermistor
Notes
0~FF (16 progressive)
0~255
0~15
0~2000
Display mode
Display on the LED1, 2 (display data)
-99.9 ~ 999.9
-99.9 ~ 999.9
-99.9 ~ 999.9
(When the indoor unit is not connected,it is displayed as"0".)
No.
No.9 unit check
No.9 unit mode
No.9 unit operation
OFF
No.10 unit check
No.10 unit mode
No.10 unit operation
Fan
No.11 unit check
No.11 unit mode
No.11 unit operation
Cooling
thermo
ON
No.12 unit check
No.12 unit mode
No.12 unit operation
Cooling
thermo
OFF
Check: light on Normal: light off
COOL/DRY: light on
HEAT: light flashing
FAN/STOP: light off
Thermo ON: light on Thermo OFF: light off
Heating
thermo
ON
Heating
thermo
OFF
Display of indoor unit
operation mode
78
Display of target subcool data
Display of indoor SC/SH data
Display of target subcool step data
Display of all control target data
Display on the LED1, 2 (display data)
-99.9 ~ 999.9
during heating: subcool (SC)/during cooling: superheat (SH)
0.0 ~ 20.0
-99.9 ~ 999.9
Pdm (0.0 ~ 30.0)
ETm (-2.0 ~ 23.0)
SCm (0.0 ~ 20.0)
SCm/SHm (0.0~20.0)
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
IC1 TH22 (Liquid) °C
IC2 TH22 (Liquid) °C
IC3 TH22 (Liquid) °C
IC4 TH22 (Liquid) °C
IC5 TH22 (Liquid) °C
IC1 TH21 (Intake) °C
IC2 TH21 (Intake) °C
IC3 TH21 (Intake) °C
IC4 TH21 (Intake) °C
IC5 TH21 (Intake) °C
Outdoor SC (cooling) °C
Target subcool °C
IC1 SC/SH °C
IC2 SC/SH °C
IC3 SC/SH °C
IC4 SC/SH °C
IC5 SC/SH °C
Discharge superheat (SHd) °C
Target Pd display (heating) kgf/%
Target ET display (cooling) °C
Target outdoor SC (cooling) °C
Target indoor SC/SH (IC1) °C
Target indoor SC/SH (IC2) °C
Target indoor SC/SH (IC3) °C
Target indoor SC/SH (IC4) °C
Target indoor SC/SH (IC5) °C
1
2
3
45
678
Display mode
No.
Notes
SW1 setting
12345678
01101010
11101010
00011010
10011010
01011010
11011010
00111010
10111010
01111010
11111010
00000110
10000110
01000110
11000110
00100110
10100110
01100110
11100110
10010110
01010110
11010110
00110110
10110110
01110110
11110110
00001110
-99.9 ~ 999.9
(When the indoor unit is not connected, it is displayed as “0”.)
-99.9 ~ 999.9
Display of outdoor subcool (SC) data
and detection data from high-pressure
sensor and each thermistor
79
Display of detection data from
high-pressure sensor and
each thermistor
Display of opening pulse of indoor
LEV at time of abnormailty delay
Display of actual frquency at time of abnormality delay
Display of fan step number at time of abnormailty delay
Display on the LED1, 2 (display data)
0.0 ~ 711.0 [PSIG]
0 ~ 2000
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
121
122
123
124
125
126
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
Target indoor SC/SH (IC6) °C
Target indoor SC/SH (IC7) °C
Target indoor SC/SH (IC8) °C
Target indoor SC/SH (IC9) °C
Target indoor SC/SH (IC10) °C
Target indoor SC/SH (IC11) °C
Target indoor SC/SH (IC12) °C
TH4 (Td) °F
TH3 (Outdoor pipe) °F
TH6 (ET) °F
TH7 (Outdoor temp.)
°F
High pressure sensor (Pd) PSIG
TH8 (Power module) °F
IC1 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay
IC2 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay
IC3 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay
IC4 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay
IC5 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay
IC6 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay
IC7 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay
IC8 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay
IC9 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay
IC10 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay
IC11 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay
IC12 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay
Actual frequency of abnormality delay
Fan step number at time of abnormailty delay
1
2
3
45
678
Display mode
No.
Notes
SW1 setting
12345678
10001110
01001110
11001110
00101110
10101110
01101110
11101110
10011110
01011110
11011110
00111110
10111110
01111110
00000001
10000001
01000001
11000001
00100001
10100001
01100001
11100001
00010001
10010001
01010001
11010001
00110001
10110001
SCm/SHm (0.0 ~ 20.0)
-99.9 ~ 999.9 [°F]
-99.9 ~ 999.9 [°F]
0 ~ FF (16 progressive)
0 ~ 15
Display of all control target data
80
142
143
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
SW1 setting
12345678
01110001
11110001
10001001
01001001
11001001
00101001
10101001
01101001
11101001
00011001
10011001
01011001
11011001
00111001
10111001
01111001
111110 01
00000101
01010101
11010101
00110101
10110101
01110101
11110101
00001101
10001101
01001101
11001101
00101101
10101101
01101101
11101101
00011101
High-pressure sensor data at time of abnormality delay
kgf
/
cm
2
OC SC (cooling) at time of abnormality delay °C
TH4 sensor data at time of abnormality delay °C
TH6 sensor data at time of abnormality delay °C
TH3 sensor data at time of abnormality delay °C
TH8 sensor data at time of abnormality delay °C
IC1 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay °C
IC2 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay °C
IC3 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay °C
IC4 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay °C
IC5 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay °C
IC6 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay °C
IC7 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay °C
IC8 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay °C
IC9 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay °C
IC10 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay °C
IC11 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay °C
IC12 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay °C
ROM version monitor
ROM type
Check sum mode
IC1 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality delay
IC2 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality delay
IC3 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality delay
IC4 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality delay
IC5 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality delay
IC6 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality delay
IC7 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality delay
IC8 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality delay
IC9 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality delay
IC10 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality delay
IC11 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality delay
IC12 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality delay
1
234 5 6
78
Display on the LED1, 2 (display data)
Display of data from high-pressure sensor,
all thermistors, and SC/SH at time of
abnormality delay
Display of version data of ROM
Display of ROM type
Display of check sum code of ROM
Display of opening pulse of indoor LEV
at time of abnormality
-99.9 ~ 999.9
0 ~ 2000
No.
Display mode Notes
81
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
SW1 setting
12345678
10011101
01011101
11011101
00111101
10111101
01111101
11111101
00000011
10000011
01000011
11000011
00100011
10100011
01100011
11100011
00010011
10010011
01010011
11010011
00110011
10110011
11001011
00101011
10101011
01101011
11101011
00011011
10011011
Actual frequency of abnormality
Fan step number at time of abnormality
High-pressure sensor data at time of abnormality
OC SC (cooling) at time of abnormality
4420 Error history
TH4 sensor data at time of abnormality
TH6 sensor data at time of abnormality
TH3 sensor data at time of abnormality
TH8 sensor data at time of abnormality
IC1 SC/SH at time of abnormality
IC2 SC/SH at time of abnormality
IC3 SC/SH at time of abnormality
IC4 SC/SH at time of abnormality
IC5 SC/SH at time of abnormality
IC6 SC/SH at time of abnormality
IC7 SC/SH at time of abnormality
IC8 SC/SH at time of abnormality
IC9 SC/SH at time of abnormality
IC10 SC/SH at time of abnormality
IC11 SC/SH at time of abnormality
IC12 SC/SH at time of abnormality
IC6 Capacity code
IC7 Capacity code
IC8 Capacity code
IC9 Capacity code
IC10 Capacity code
IC11 Capacity code
IC12 Capacity code
1
23456
78
Display on the LED1, 2 (display data)
Display of actual frequency at time of abnormality
Display of fan step number at time of abnormality
Display of data from high-pressure sensor at time of abnormality
Display of SC data at time of abnormality
Display of data from high-pressure sensor,
all thermistors, and SC/SH at time of
abnormality
Display of indoor unit capacity code
0 ~ FF (16progressive)
0 ~ 15
-99.9 ~ 999.9
-99.9 ~ 999.9
-99.9 ~ 999.9
0 ~ 255
No.
Display mode Notes
CT sensor
disconn-
ection
Under
voltage
Over
Voltage
ACTM
error
82
Display of indoor SC/SH data
78
Display on the LED1, 2 (display data)
234 5 6
1
-99.9 ~ 999.9
Display of opening pulse of indoor LEV
0 ~ 2000
Display if detection data from each indoor
thermistor
-99.9 ~ 999.9
Display mode Notes
IC6 SC/SH
IC7 SC/SH
IC8 SC/SH
IC9 SC/SH
11011011
00111011
219
220
10111011
221
01011011
12345678
SW1 setting
No.
218
IC10 SC/SH
IC11 SC/SH
IC12 SC/SH
11111011
01111011
00000111
222
223
224
225
IC6 LEV opening pulse
IC7 LEV opening pulse
IC8 LEV opening pulse
IC9 LEV opening pulse
IC10 LEV opening pulse
IC11 LEV opening pulse
IC12 LEV opening pulse
10100111
229
01100111
230
11100111
231
11000111
10000111
01000111
00100111
226
227
228
IC6 TH23 (Gas) °C
00010111
232
83
IC7 TH23 (Gas) °C
10010111
233
IC8 TH23 (Gas) °C
01010111
234
IC9 TH23 (Gas) °C
11010111
235
236
IC10 TH23 (Gas) °C
IC11 TH23 (Gas) °C
IC12 TH23 (Gas) °C
IC6 TH22 (Liquid) °C
IC7 TH22 (Liquid) °C
11110 111
01110111
00110111
10110111
237
238
239
00001111
240
IC8 TH22 (Liquid) °C
IC9 TH22 (Liquid) °C
IC10 TH22 (Liquid) °C
11001111
10001111
01001111
241
242
243
IC11 TH22 (Liquid) °C
IC12 TH22 (Liquid) °C
IC6 TH21 (Intake) °C
IC7 TH21 (Intake) °C
IC8 TH21 (Intake) °C
11101111
01101111
246
247
00 011111
248
00101111
244
10101111
245
IC9 TH21 (Intake) °C
IC10 TH21 (Intake) °C
IC11 TH21 (Intake) °C
110 11111
10 011111
01 011111
249
250
251
IC12 TH21 (Intake) °C
00 111111
252
10
ELECTRICAL WIRING
This chapter provides an introduction to electrical wiring for the CITY MULTI-S series, together with notes concerning power wiring, wiring for control (transmission wires and remote controller wires), and the frequency converter.
10-1. OVERVIEW OF POWER WIRING
(1) Use a separate power supply for the outdoor unit and indoor unit. (2) Bear in mind ambient conditions (ambient temperature, direct sunlight, rain water,etc.) when proceeding with the wiring and connections. (3) The wire size is the minimum value for metal conduit wiring. The power cord size should be 1 rank thicker consideration of voltage drops.
Make sure the power-supply voltage does not drop more than 10 %.
(4) Specific wiring requirements should adhere to the wiring regulations of the region. (5) Power supply cords of parts of appliances for outdoor use shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord (design 60245 IEC57).
For example, use wiring such as YZW.
(6) Install an earth longer than other cables.
Warning:
· Be sure to use specified wires to connect so that no external force is imparted to terminal connections. If connections are not fixed firmly,
it may cause heating or fire.
· Be sure to use the appropriate type of overcurrent protection switch. Note that generated overcurrent may include some amount of direct
current.
Caution:
· Some installation site may require attachment of an earth leakage breaker. If no earth leakage breaker is installed, it may cause an electric
shock.
· Do not use anything other than breaker and fuse with correct capacity. Using fuse and wire or copper wire with too large capacity may cause a
malfunction of unit or fire.
·
Be sure to install N-Line. Without N-Line, it could casue damage to the unit.
10-2. WIRE DIAMETER AND MAIN POWER SWITCH CAPACITY
10-2-1. Wiring diagram for main power supply PUMY-P100/125/140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100/125/140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100/125/140VHMBR2(-BS)
Breaker for Wiring
Power supply single phase 50Hz 220-230-240V 60Hz 220V
Power supply single phase 50Hz 220-230-240V 60Hz 220V
and Current Leakage
Breaker for Wiring and Current Leakage
Outdoor unit
Grounded
Pull box
Indoor unit
Grounded
PUMY-P100/125/140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100/125/140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100/125/140YHMBR2(-BS)
Breaker for Wiring
Power supply (3phase 380-400-415V, 50Hz)
Power supply single phase 50Hz 220-230-240V
and Current Leakage
Breaker for Wiring and Current Leakage
Outdoor unit
Grounded
Pull box
Indoor unit
Grounded
10-2-2. Power supply wire diameter and capacity PUMY-P100/125/140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100/125/140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100/125/140VHMBR2(-BS)
Model
Outdoor Unit
Indoor Unit
P100-140
Power Supply
~/N AC 220/230/240V 50Hz ~/N AC 220V 60Hz ~/N AC 220/230/240V 50Hz ~/N AC 220V 60Hz
*2
Minimum Wire Thickness (mm2)
Main Cable
5.5(6)
1.5
Branch
1.5
Ground
5.5(6)
1.5
*1. A breaker with at least 3.0mm contact separation in each pole shall be provided. Use earth leakage breaker (NV). *2. Max. Permissive system Impedance : 0.22(")
Breaker for
Wiring*1
32 A
15 A
Breaker for Current Leakage
32 A 30 mA 0.1 sec. or less
15 A 30 mA 0.1 sec. or less
PUMY-P100/125/140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100/125/140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100/125/140YHMBR2(-BS)
Minimum Wire Thickness (mm )
Main Cable
1.5
1.5
Branch
1.5
Model Outdoor Unit
Indoor Unit
Power Supply
P100-140
3N~ AC380/400/415V, 50Hz
~/NAC220/230/240V, 50Hz
*1. A breaker with at least 3.5mm contact separation in each pole shall be provided. Use earth leakage breaker (NV).
2
Ground
1.5
1.5
Breaker for
Wiring*1
16 A 15 A
Breaker for Current
Leakage 16 A 30 mA 0.1 sec. or less 15 A 30 mA 0.1 sec. or less
84
10-3. DESIGN FOR CONTROL WIRING
Please note that the types and numbers of control wires needed by the CITY MULTI-S series will depend on the remote controllers and whether they are linked with the system.
10-3-1. Selection number of control wires
M-NET remote controller
Remote controller used in system control operations.
Use
Remote controller indoor unit
Wires connecting indoor units
Wires connecting indoor units with outdoor unit
Wires connecting outdoor units
Transmission
wires
10-3-2. Control signal wires
Transmission wires
• Types of transmission cables : Shielding wire CVVS or CPEVS.
• Cable diameter : More than 1.25E
• Maximum wiring length : Within 200 m
10-3-3. M-NET Remote controller wiring
Kind of remote control cable Shielding wire MVVS
Cable diameter 0.5 to 1.25E
Remarks
When 10m is exceeded, use cable with the same specifications as 10-3-2. Control signal wires.
• Group operation involving different refrigerant systems.
• Linked operation with upper control system.
2 wires (non-polar)
10-3-4. MA Remote control cables
Kind of remote control cable 2-core cable (unshielded) Cable diameter 0.3 to 1.25E
10-4. SYSTEM SWITCH SETTING
In order to identify the destinations of signals to the outdoor units, indoor units, and remote controller of the MULTI-S series, each microprocessor must be assigned an identification number (address). The addresses of outdoor units, indoor units, and remote controller must be set using their settings switches. Please consult the installation manual that comes with each unit for detailed information on setting procedures.
10-5. EXAMPLE EXTERNAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR A BASIC SYSTEM
10-5-1. Example using a M-NET remote controller
Breaker for Wiring
Power supply 3 phase 4 wire 50Hz 380-400-415V
Power supply Single phase 50Hz 220-230-240V
and Current Leakage
15A Breaker for Wiring and Current Leakage
:1.6mm × 2
:1.6mm × 2
Outdoor unit
1.25mm
Pull box
2
× 2
Grounded
Indoor unit
0.5~1.25mm
2
85
× 2
Group operation
Remote controller wire
10-6. METHOD FOR OBTAINING ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS WHEN A CAPACITY
AGREEMENT IS TO BE SIGNED WITH AN ELECTRIC POWER COMPANY
The electrical characteristics of connected indoor unit system for air conditioning systems, including the MULTI-S series, will depend on the arrangement of the indoor and outdoor units. First read the data on the selected indoor and outdoor units and then use the following formulas to calculate the electrical characteristics before applying for a capacity agreement with the local electric power company.
10-6-1. Obtaining the electrical characteristics of a CITY MULTI-S series system
(1) Procedure for obtaining total power consumption
Page numbers in this technical manual Power consumption
Total power consumption of each indoor unit
*1 Power consumption of outdoor unit
Total power consumption of system
*1 Please note that the power consumption of the outdoor unit will vary depending on the total capacity of the selected
indoor units.
(2) Method of obtaining total current
Total current through each indoor unit
*2 Current through outdoor unit Standard capacity table— Refer to 5-2.
Total current through system
*2 Please note that the current through the outdoor unit will vary depending on the total capacity of the selected indoor units.
See the technical manual of each indoor unit Standard capacity table— Refer to 5-2. See the technical manual of each indoor unit
Page numbers in this technical manual Subtotal See the technical manual of each indoor unit
See the technical manual of each indoor unit
1 2
1+2 <kW>
1 2
1+2 <A>
(3) Method of obtaining system power factor
Use the following formula and the total power and current obtained in parts 1 and 2 on the above tables to calculate the system power factor.
System power factor =
(Total system power consumption)
(Total system current × voltage)
o 100%
10-6-2. Applying to an electric power company for power and total current
Calculations should be performed separately for heating and cooling employing the same methods; use the largest resulting value in your application to the electric power company.
86
11 REFRIGERANT PIPING TASKS
11-1. REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM
Line-Branch Method
Connection Examples (Connecting to 4 Indoor Units)
Permissible
Length
Permissible High/
Low Difference
Total Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length After First Branch
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Outdoor Section
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Indoor Section
Selecting the Refrigerant Branch Kit
Select Each Section of Refrigerant Piping
(1) Section From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (A) (2) Sections From Branch to Indoor Unit (a,b,c,d) (3) Section From Branch to Branch (B,C)
Select the size from the table to the right.
Each Section of Piping
A
H
h
A+B+C+a+b+c+d 120m
(L)
A+B+C+d 80m
(1)
B+C+d 50m
(H)
50 meters or less (If the outdoor unit is lower, 20 meters or less)
(h)
12 meters or less
Use an optional branch piping kit (CMY-Y62-G-E). (1) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section
From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (Outdoor Unit Piping Diameter)
PUMY-P100~140
(3) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section From Branch to Branch
Liquid Line (mm) Gas Line (mm)
B C
a
Piping Diameter (mm)Model
Liquid Line
Gas Line
b c

W9.52 W15.88
W15.88W9.52
L
1
(2) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section From Branch to Indoor Unit (Indoor Unit Piping Diameter)
Model number
50 or lower
d
63 to 140
Outdoor Unit
A
First Branch
B
Indoor unit
C
Piping Diameter (mm)
Liquid Line
Gas Line
Liquid Line
Gas Line
W6.35 W12.7 W9.52 W15.88
Additional refrigerant charge
• Refrigerant of 3kg equivalent to 50m total extended piping length is already included when the outdoor unit is shipped. Thus, if the total extended piping length is 50m or less, there is no need to charge with additional refrigerant.
• If the total extended piping length exceeds 50m, calculate the required additional refrigerant charge using the procedure shown on the right.
• If the calculated additional refrigerant charge is a negative amount, do not charge with any refrigerant.
<Additional Charge>
Additional refrigerant charge
<Example> Outdoor model : 125 Indoor 1 : 63 A : W9.52 10m a : W9.52 15m
2 : 40 B : W9.52 10m b : W6.35 10m 3 : 25 C : W9.52 10m c : W6.35 10m 4 : 20 d : W6.35 20m The total length of each liquid line is as follows;
W9.52 : A + B + C + a = 10 + 10 + 10 + 15 = 45m W6.35 : b + c + d = 10 +10 + 20 = 40m
<Calculation example> Additional refrigerant charge = 45 × 0.06 + 40 × 0.024 – 3.0 = 0.7kg (rounded up)
(kg)
Liquid pipe size Total length of W9.52 × 0.06
=
(m) × 0.06 (kg/m)
Liquid pipe size Total length of W6.35 × 0.024
+
(m) × 0.024 (kg/m)
Refrigerant amount for outdoor unit
At the conditions below:
87
3.0kg
Header-Branch Method
Connection Examples (Connecting to 4 Indoor Units)
Permissible
Length
Permissible High/
Low Difference
Total Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length After First Branch
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Outdoor Section
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Indoor Section
Selecting the Refrigerant Branch Kit
Select Each Section of Refrigerant Piping
(1) Section From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (A) (2) Sections From Branch to Indoor Unit (a,b,c,d)
Select the size from the table to the right.
Each Section of Piping
A
H
A+a+b+c+d 120m
(L)
A+d 80m
(1)
d is 30 meters or less
(H)
50 meters or less (If the outdoor unit is lower, 20 meters or less)
(h)
12 meters or less
Please select branching kit, which is sold separately, from the table below. (The kit comprises sets for use with liquid pipes and for use with gas pipes.)
(1) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (Out­ door Unit Piping Diameter)
PUMY-P100-140
b
a
h
Branch header (4 branches)
CMY-Y64-G-E
1
Piping Diameter (mm)Model
Liquid Line
Gas Line
c
L
N
d
Branch header (8 branches)
CMY-Y68-G-E
(2) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section From Branch to Indoor Unit (Indoor Unit Piping Diameter)
W9.52 W15.88
50 or lower
63 to 140
Outdoor Unit
A
First Branch
B
Indoor unit
C
Piping Diameter (mm)Model number
Liquid Line
Gas Line
Liquid Line
Gas Line
W6.35 W12.7 W9.52 W15.88
Additional refrigerant charge
• Refrigerant of 3kg equivalent to 50m total extended piping length is already included when the outdoor unit is shipped. Thus, if the total extended piping length is 50m or less, there is no need to charge with additional refrigerant.
• If the total extended piping length exceeds 50m, calculate the required additional refrigerant charge using the procedure shown on the right.
• If the calculated additional refrigerant charge is a negative amount, do not charge with any refrigerant.
<Additional Charge>
Additional refrigerant charge
<Example> Outdoor : 125 Indoor 1 : 63 A : W9.52 30m a : W9.52 15m
2 : 40 b : W6.35 10m 3 : 25 c : W6.35 10m 4 : 20 d : W6.35 20m The total length of each liquid line is as follows;
W9.52 : A + a = 30 + 15 = 45m W6.35 : b + c + d = 10 + 10 + 20 = 40m
<Calculation example> Additional refrigerant charge = 45
(kg)
Liquid pipe size Total length of W9.52 × 0.06
=
(m) × 0.06 (kg/m)
× 0.06 + 40 × 0.024 – 3.0 = 0.7kg (rounded up)
Liquid pipe size Total length of W6.35 × 0.024
+
(m) × 0.024 (kg/m)
88
Refrigerant amount for outdoor unit
At the conditions below:
3.0kg
Method of Combined Branching of Lines and Headers
Connection Examples (Connecting to 5 Indoor Units)
A
Note: Pipe re-branching after the header branching is not possible.
A
C
B
H
B
C
1
c
3
4
D D D
L
1
b
a
D
E
d e
5
2
D
F
Outdoor unit
A
First branching (branching
B
joint)
h
Branching joint
C
Indoor unit
D
Branching header
E
Blind caps
F
Permissible
Length
Permissible High/
Low Difference
Farthest Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length After First Branch
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Outdoor Section
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Indoor Section
Selecting the Refrigerant Branch Kit
Select Each Section of Refrigerant Piping
Total Piping Length
(1) Section From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (A) (2) Sections From Branch to Indoor Unit (a,b,c,d,e) (3) Section From Branch to
Each Section of Piping
Branch (B,C)
Select the size from the table to the right.
Additional refrigerant charge
• Refrigerant of 3kg equivalent to 50m total extended piping length is already included when the outdoor unit is shipped. Thus, if the total extended piping length is 50m or less, there is no need to charge with additional refrigerant.
• If the total extended piping length exceeds 50m, calculate the required additional refrigerant charge using the procedure shown on the right.
• If the calculated additional refrigerant charge is a negative amount, do not charge with any refrigerant.
A+B+C+a+b+c+d+e is 120 meters or less
(L)
A+B+b is 80 meters or less
(1)
B+b is 30 meters or less
(H)
50 meters or less (If the outdoor unit is lower, 20 meters or less)
(h)
12 meters or less
Please select branching kit, which is sold separately, from the table below. (The kit comprises sets for use with liquid pipes and for use with gas pipes.)
Branch Joint
CMY-Y62-G-E
(1) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (Out­ door Unit Piping Diameter)
Piping Diameter (mm)Model
PUMY-P100~140
Liquid Line
Gas Line
Branch Header (4 branches)
CMY-Y64-G-E
(2) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section From Branch to Indoor Unit (Indoor Unit Piping Diameter)
Model number
W9.52 W15.88
50 or lower
Branch Header (8 branches)
63 to 140
(3) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section From Branch to Branch
Liquid Line (mm) Gas Line (mm)
W15.88W9.52
<Additional Charge>
Additional refrigerant charge
(kg)
Liquid pipe size Total length of W9.52 × 0.06
=
(m) × 0.06 (kg/m)
Liquid pipe size Total length of W6.35 × 0.024
+
(m) × 0.024 (kg/m)
<Example> Indoor 1 : 50 A : W9.52 10m a : W9.52 5m
2 : 40 B : W9.52 20m b : W6.35 10m 3 : 32 C : W9.52 10m c : W6.35 5m 4 : 20 d : W6.35 5m
At the conditions below:
5 : 20 e : W6.35 5m The total length of each liquid line is as follows;
W9.52 : A + B + C + a = 10 + 20 +10 + 5 = 45m W6.35 : b + c + d + e = 10 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 25m
CMY-Y68-G-E
Piping Diameter (mm)
Liquid Line
Gas Line
Liquid Line
Gas Line
Refrigerant amount for outdoor unit
W6.35 W12.7 W9.52 W15.88
125: 3.0kg
<Calculation example> Additional refrigerant charge = 45
89
× 0.06 + 25 × 0.024 – 3.0 = 0.3kg (rounded up)
11-2. PRECAUTIONS AGAINST REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE
11-2-1. Introduction
R410A refrigerant of this air conditioner is non-toxic and non­flammable but leaking of large amount from an indoor unit into the room where the unit is installed may be deleterious. To prevent possible injury, the rooms should be large enough to keep the R410A concentration specified by KHK: (a high pressure gas safety association) installation guide­lines S0010 as follows.
Maximum concentration Maximum refrigerant concentration of R410A of a room is 0.3 kg/K accordance with the installation guidelines. To facilitate calculation, the maximum concentration is expressed in units of O/K ( kg of R410A per K)
Maximum concentration of R410A: 0.3O/K
(KHK installation guidelines S0010)
Outdoor unit
Direction of refrigerant flow
Branch box
(2) Calculate room volumes (m
with the smallest volume
The part with represents the room with the smallest volume.
(a) Situation in which there are no partitions
(b) There are partitions, but there are openings that allow
the effective mixing of air.
Branch box
Branch box
Indoor unit
3
) and find the room
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
All refrigerant of this system will leak out to this room if there is leakage at this indoor unit.
11-2-2. Confirming procedure of R410A concentration
Follow (1) to (3) to confirm the R410A concentration and take appropriate treatment, if necessary.
(1) Calculate total refrigerant amount by each refrig-
erant system. Total refrigerant amount is precharged refrigerant at ex-factory plus additional charged amount at field installation.
Note: When single refrigeration system consists of several inde­pendent refrigeration circuit, figure out the total refrigerant amount by each independent refrigerant circuit.
Indoor unit
Opening
Wall
(c) If the smallest room has mechanical ventilation appa-
ratus that is linked to a household gas detection and alarm device, the calculations should be performed for the second smallest room.
Branch box
Ventilation apparatus
The smallest room
The second smallest room
(Situation in which there are no door openings or in which there are open­ings above and below doors that occupy at least 0.15% of the floor area)
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
(3) Use the results of calculations (1) and (2) to cal-
culate the refrigerant concentration:
Total refrigerant in the refrigerating unit (O) [ Maximum concentration(O/K) The smallest room in which an indoor unit has been installed (K) Maximum concentration of R410A:0.3O/K
If the calculation results do not exceed the maximum concen­tration, perform the same calculations for the larger second and third room, etc., until it has been determined that nowhere the maximum concentration will be exceed.
90
12 DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
OUTDOOR UNIT: PUMY-P100VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100VHMBR2(-BS)
PUMY-P125VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125VHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140VHMBR2(-BS)
OPERATING PROCEDURE
1. Removing the service panel and top panel
(1) Remove 3 service panel fixing screws (5 × 12) and slide the
hook on the right downward to remove the service panel.
(2) Remove screws (3 for front, 3 for rear/5 × 12) of the top
panel and remove it.
2. Removing the fan motor (MF1, MF2)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Remove 5 fan grille fixing screws (5 × 12) to detach the fan
grille. (See Figure 1)
(4) Remove a nut (for right handed screw of M6) to detach the
propeller. (See Photo 1)
(5) Disconnect the connectors, CNF1 and CNF2 on Multi con-
troller board in electrical parts box.
(6) Remove 4 fan motor fixing screws (5 × 25) to detach the fan
motor. (See Photo 2)
Figure 1
Grille fixing screws
Grille fixing screws
Photo 1
Nut
PHOTOS & ILLUSTRATION
Top panel fixing screws
Slide
Front panel
Propeller
Photo 2
Fan motor fixing screws
Top panel
Service panel
Fan grille
Service panel fixing screws
Fan motor
3. Removing the electrical parts box
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Disconnect the connecting wire from terminal block. (4) Remove all the following connectors from Multi controller board;
fan motor, thermistor <Outdoor pipe>, thermistor <Discharge>, thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp>, thermistor <Outdoor>, high pressure switch, high pressure sensor, low pressure switch, 4-way valve coil and bypass valve coil. Pull out the disconnected wire from the electrical parts box. <Diagram symbol in the connector housing>
• Fan motor (CNF1, CNF2)
• Thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3)
• Thermistor <Discharge> (TH4) (PUMY-P·VHMB(R1)(-BS)) Thermistor <Compressor> (TH4) (PUMY-P·VHMBR2(-BS))
• Thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp, Outdoor> (TH6/7)
• High pressure switch (63H)
• High pressure sensor (63HS)
• Low pressure switch (63L)
• 4-way valve coil (21S4)
• Bypass valve coil (SV1)
(5) Remove the terminal cover and disconnect the compressor
lead wire.
Fan motor fixing screws
Photo 3
Electrical parts box
Multi controller board (MULTI.B)
Terminal block (TB3) (TB7)
Terminal block (TB1)
Valve bed
Compressor (MC)
Terminal cover
Cover panel (Front)
Cover panel fixing screws
91
Continued to the next page.
From the previous page.
OPERATING PROCEDURE
(6) Remove electrical parts box fixing screw (4 × 10) and
detach the electrical parts box by pulling it upward. The electrical parts box is fixed with 2 hooks on the left and 1 hook on the right.
4. Removing the thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp.> (TH6)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Disconnect the connectors, TH6 and TH7 (red), on the Multi
controller board in the electrical parts box. (4) Loosen the wire clamps on top of the electrical parts box. (5) Pull out the thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp.> (TH6)
from the sensor holder.
Note: In case of replacing thermistor <Low pressure satu-
rated temp.> (TH6), replace it together with thermistor
<Outdoor> (TH7) since they are combined together.
Refer to No.5 below to remove thermistor <Outdoor(TH7)>.
Photo 4
Photo 5
PHOTOS & ILLUSTRATION
Electrical parts box
Electrical parts box fixing screw
5. Removing the thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Disconnect the connector TH7 (red) on the Multi controller
board in the electrical parts box. (4) Loosen the wire clamps on top of the electrical parts box.
(See Photo 4) (5) Pull out the thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7) from the sensor
holder.
Note: In case of replacing thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7),
replace it together with thermistor <Low pressure satu-
rated temp> (TH6), since they are combined together.
Refer to No.4 above to remove thermistor <Low pres-
sure saturated temp>.
Thermistor <TH6>Electrical parts box
Photo 6
Lead wire of thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7)
Sensor holder
92
OPERATING PROCEDURE
6. Removing the thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3) and ther­mistor <Discharge/Compressor> (TH4)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Disconnect the connectors, TH3 (white) and TH4 (white), on
the Multi controller board in the electrical parts box.
(3) Loosen the clamp for the lead wire in the rear of the electri-
cal parts box.
(4) Pull out the thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3) and thermistor
<Discharge/Compressor> (TH4) from the sensor holder.
Photo 7
PHOTOS
Thermistor <Outdoor pipe>
(TH3)
7. Removing the 4-way valve coil (21S4)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1)
[Removing the 4-way valve coil]
(3) Remove 4-way valve coil fixing screw (M4 × 6). (4) Remove the 4-way valve coil by sliding the coil toward you. (5) Disconnect the connector 21S4 (green) on the Multi control-
ler board in the electrical parts box.
8. Removing the 4-way valve
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Remove 3 valve bed fixing screws (4 × 10) and 4 ball valve
and stop valve fixing screws (5 × 16) and then remove the valve bed.
(4) Remove 4 right side panel fixing screw (5 × 12) in the rear
of the unit and then remove the right side panel. (5) Remove the 4-way valve coil. (See Photo 8) (6) Recover refrigerant. (7) Remove the welded part of four-way valve.
Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air. Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by remov-
ing the right side panel.
Note 3: When installing the four-way valve, cover it with a
wet cloth to prevent it from heating (120°C or more), then braze the pipes so that the inside of pipes are not oxidized.
*For VHMBR2(-BS)
Thermistor <Compressor> (TH4)
Photo 8
4-way valve coil (21S4)
4-way valve coil fixing screw
Compressor (MC)
Thermistor <Discharge> (TH4)
4-way valve
Thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp.> (TH6)
93
OPERATING PROCEDURE
9. Removing bypass valve coil (SV1) and bypass valve
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screws (5 × 12) in the rear
of the unit and remove the right side panel. (4) Remove the bypass valve coil fixing screw (M4 × 6). (5) Remove the bypass valve coil by sliding the coil upward. (6) Disconnect the connector SV1 (white) on the Multi controller
circuit board in the electrical parts box. (7) Recover refrigerant. (8) Remove the welded part of bypass valve.
PHOTOS
Photo 9
Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air. Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by remov-
ing the right side panel.
10. Removing the high pressure switch (63H) and low pres­sure switch (63L)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Remove the electrical parts box. (See Photo 4) (4) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screws (5 o 12) in the rear
of the unit and remove the right side panel.
(5) Pull out the lead wire of high pressure switch and low pres-
sure switch. (6) Recover refrigerant. (7) Remove the welded part of high pressure switch and low
pressure switch.
Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air. Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by remov-
ing the right side panel.
Note 3: When installing the high pressure switch and low
pressure switch, cover them with a wet cloth to prevent them from heating (100°C or more), then braze the pipes so that the inside of pipes are not oxidized.
High pressure switch (63H)
Bypass valve coil fixing screw
Bypass valve coil (SV1)
Bypass valve
High pressure sensor (63HS)
Photo 10
11. Removing the high pressure sensor (63HS)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1.) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1.) (3) Remove the electrical parts box. (See Photo 4.) (4) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screws (5 o 12) in the rear
of the unit and remove the right side panel. (5) Pull out the lead wire of high pressure sensor. (6) Recover refrigerant. (7) Remove the welded part of high pressure sensor.
Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air. Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by remov-
ing the right side panel.
Note 3:
When installing the high pressure sensor, cover it with a wet cloth to prevent it from heating (100°C or more), then braze the pipes so that the inside of pipes are not oxidized.
94
High pressure sensor (63HS)
Low pressure switch (63L)
OPERATING PROCEDURE
PHOTOS
12. Removing the compressor (MC)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Remove 2 front cover panel fixing screws (5 × 12) and
remove the front cover panel. (See Photo 3)
(4) Remove 2 back cover panel fixing screws (5 × 12) and
remove the back cover panel. (5) Remove the electrical parts box. (See Photo 4) (6) Remove 3 valve bed fixing screws (4 × 10) and 4 ball valve
and stop valve fixing screws (5 × 16) and then remove the
valve bed. (7) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screw (5 × 12) in the rear
of the unit and then remove the right side panel. (8) Remove 3 separator fixing screws (4 × 10) and remove the
separator. (9) Recover refrigerant. (10)
Remove the 3 compressor fixing nuts for motor using span-
ner or adjustable wrench. (11)
Remove the welded pipe of motor for compressor inlet and
outlet and then remove the compressor.
Note: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air.
13. Removing the accumulator
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Remove 2 front cover panel fixing screws (5 × 12) and
remove the front cover panel. (See Photo 3) (4) Remove 2 back cover panel fixing screws (5 × 12) and
remove the back cover panel. (5) Remove the electrical parts box. (See Photo 4) (6) Remove 3 valve bed fixing screws (4 × 10) and 4 ball valve
and stop valve fixing screws (5 ×16) and then remove the
valve bed. (7) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screw (5 × 12) in the rear
of the unit and then remove the right side panel. (8) Recover refrigerant. (9) Remove 4 welded pipes of power receiver inlet and outlet. (10)
Remove 2 receiver leg fixing screws (4 × 10).
(See Photo 13)
Photo 11
Valve bed fixing
screw
Compressor (MC)
Photo 12
Valve bed
Separator
Separator fixing screw
Valve bed fixing screws
Accumulator
Compressor
fixing nut
Inlet
Outlet
Accumulator
Note: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air.
95
Photo 13
Accumulator
Accumulator leg
Accumulator leg fixing screws
OUTDOOR UNIT: PUMY-P100YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P100YHMBR2(-BS)
PUMY-P125YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P125YHMBR2(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMB(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR1(-BS) PUMY-P140YHMBR2(-BS)
OPERATING PROCEDURE
1. Removing the service panel and top panel
(1) Remove 3 service panel fixing screws (5 × 12) and slide
the hook on the right downward to remove the service panel.
(2) Remove screws (3 for front, 3 for rear/5 × 12) of the top
panel and remove it.
2. Removing the fan motor (MF1, MF2)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Remove 5 fan grille fixing screws (5 × 12) to detach the
fan grille. (See Figure 1)
(4) Remove a nut (for right handed screw of M6) to detach
the propeller. (See Photo 1.)
(5) Disconnect the connectors, CNF1 and CNF2 on Multi con-
troller board in electrical parts box.
(6) Remove 4 fan motor fixing screws (5 × 25) to detach the
fan motor. (See Photo 2)
Figure 1
Grille fixing screws
Grille fixing screws
Photo 1
Propeller
Nut
PHOTOS & ILLUSTRATION
Top panel fixing screws
Photo 2
Front panel
Fan motor fixing screws
Slide
Top panel
Service panel
Service panel fixing screws
Fan grille
Fan motor
3. Removing the electrical parts box
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Disconnect the connecting wire from terminal block. (4) Remove all the following connectors from Multi controller board;
f
an motor, thermistor <Outdoor pipe>, thermistor <Compressor>, thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp>, thermistor <Outdoor>, high pressure switch, high pressure sensor, low pressure switch, solenoid valve coil <Four-way valve> and solenoid valve coil <Bypass valve>. Then remove a screw (4 × 8) from the valve bed to remove the lead wire. Pull out the disconnected wire from the electrical parts box. <Diagram symbol in the connector housing>
• Fan motor (CNF1, CNF2)
• Thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3)
• Thermistor <Discharge> (TH4) (PUMY-P·YHMB(R1)(-BS)) Thermistor <Compressor> (TH4) (PUMY-P·YHMBR2(-BS)
• Thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp, Outdoor> (TH6/7)
• High pressure switch (63H)
• High pressure sensor (63HS)
• Low pressure switch (63L)
• Solenoid valve coil <Four-way valve> (21S4)
• Solenoid valve coil <Bypass valve> (SV1)
(5) Remove the terminal cover and disconnect the compressor
lead wire.
96
Fan motor fixing screws
Photo 3
Electrical parts box
Noise filter cir­cuit board (NF)
Multi controller board (MULTI.B)
Terminal block (TB1)
Terminal block (TB3) (TB7)
Screw
Valve bed
Compressor (MC)
Terminal cover
Cover panel (Front)
Cover panel fixing screws
Continued to the next page.
From the previous page.
OPERATING PROCEDURE
(6) Remove electrical parts box fixing screw (4 × 10) and
detach the electrical parts box by pulling it upward. The electrical parts box is fixed with 2 hooks on the left and 1 hook on the right.
4. Removing the thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp.> (TH6)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Disconnect the connectors, TH6 and TH7 (red), on the
Multi controller board in the electrical parts box. (4) Loosen the wire clamps on top of the electrical parts box. (5) Pull out the thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp.>
(TH6) from the sensor holder.
PHOTOS & ILLUSTRATION
Photo 4
Electrical parts box
Electrical parts box fixing screw
Photo 5
Note: In case of replacing thermistor <Low pressure satu-
rated temp.> (TH6), replace it together with thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7) since they are combined together. Refer to No.5 below to remove thermistor <Outdoor>.
5. Removing the thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Disconnect the connector TH7 (red) on the Multi controller
board in the electrical parts box. (4) Loosen the wire clamps on top of the electrical parts box.
(See Photo 4.) (5) Pull out the thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7) from the sensor
holder.
Note: In case of replacing thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7),
replace it together with thermistor <Low pressure sat­urated temp> (TH6), since they are combined together. Refer to No.4 above to remove thermistor <Low pres­sure saturated temp>.
Electrical parts box
Thermistor <TH6>
Photo 6
Lead wire of thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7)
Sensor holder
97
OPERATING PROCEDURE
6. Removing the thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3) and ther­mistor <Discharge/Compressor> (TH4)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Disconnect the connectors, TH3 (white) and TH4 (white),
on the Multi controller board in the electrical parts box.
(3) Loosen the clamp for the lead wire in the rear of the electri-
cal parts box.
(4) Pull out the thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3) and thermis-
tor <Discharge/Compressor> (TH4) from the sensor holder.
Photo 7
PHOTOS
Thermistor <Outdoor pipe>
(TH3)
7. Removing the 4-way valve coil (21S4)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1)
[Removing the 4-way valve coil]
(3) Remove 4-way valve coil fixing screw (M4 × 6). (4) Remove the 4-way valve coil by sliding the coil toward you. (5) Disconnect the connector 21S4 (green) on the Multi control-
ler board in the electrical parts box.
8. Removing the 4-way valve
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Remove 3 valve bed fixing screws (4 × 10) and 4 ball valve
and stop valve fixing screws (5 × 16) and then remove the valve bed.
(4) Remove 4 right side panel fixing screws (5 × 12) in the rear
of the unit and then remove the right side panel. (5) Remove the 4-way valve coil. (See Photo 8) (6) Recover refrigerant. (7) Remove the welded part of 4-way valve.
Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air. Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by remov-
ing the right side panel.
Note 3: When installing the four-way valve, cover it with a
wet cloth to prevent it from heating (120°C or more),
then braze the pipes so that the inside of pipes
are not oxidized.
*For YHMBR2(-BS)
Thermistor <Compressor> (TH4)
Photo 8
4-way valve coil (21S4)
4-way valve coil fixing screw
Compressor (MC)
Thermistor <Discharge> (TH4)
4-way valve
Thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp.> (TH6)
98
OPERATING PROCEDURE
9. Removing bypass valve coil (SV1) and bypass valve
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screws (5 × 12) in the rear
of the unit and remove the right side panel. (4) Remove the bypass valve coil fixing screw (M4 × 6). (5) Remove the bypass valve coil by sliding the coil upward. (6) Disconnect the connector SV1 (white) on the Multi controller
circuit board in the electrical parts box. (7) Recover refrigerant. (8) Remove the welded part of bypass valve.
PHOTOS
Photo 9
Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air. Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by remov-
ing the right side panel.
10. Removing the high pressure switch (63H) and low pres­sure switch (63L)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Remove the electrical parts box. (See Photo 4) (4) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screws (5 o 12) in the rear
of the unit and remove the right side panel.
(5) Pull out the lead wire of high pressure switch and low pres-
sure switch. (6) Recover refrigerant. (7) Remove the welded part of high pressure switch and low
pressure switch.
Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air. Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by remov-
ing the right side panel.
Note 3: When installing the high pressure switch and low
pressure switch, cover them with a wet cloth to prevent them from heating (100°C or more), then braze the pipes so that the inside of pipes are not oxidized.
High pressure switch (63H)
Solenoid valve coil fixing screw
Solenoid valve coil (SV1)
Bypass valve
High pressure sensor (63HS)
Photo 10
11. Removing the high pressure sensor (63HS)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Remove the electrical parts box. (See Photo 4) (4) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screws (5 o 12) in the rear
of the unit and remove the right side panel. (5) Pull out the lead wire of high pressure sensor. (6) Recover refrigerant. (7) Remove the welded part of high pressure sensor.
Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air. Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by remov-
ing the right side panel.
Note 3: When installing the high pressure sensor, cover it
with a wet cloth to prevent it from heating (100°C or more), then braze the pipes so that the inside of pipes are not oxidized.
99
High pressure switch (63H)
Low pressure switch (63L)
High pressure sensor (63HS)
OPERATING PROCEDURE
12. Removing the reactors (ACL1, ACL2, ACL3)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Figure 1) (2) Remove the top panel. (See Figure 1) (3) Remove the 6 screws, screw 8 and 9 (5 × 12), that fix the
front panel and remove the front panel. (See Photo 3)
(4) Remove the 2 screws, screw 0 and 1 (both 4 × 10), that
fix the separator, screw 0 from the valve bed and screw 1 from the bottom of the separator, and tilt the separator to the side of the fan motor slightly. (See Photo 11)
(5) Disconnect the lead wires from the reactor and remove the
4 screws, screw 2, that fix the reactor to remove the reac­tor. (See Photo 12 and 13)
Note 1: The reactor is very heavy (4kg)! Be careful when
handling it.
Note 2: The reactor box is also removable.
Photo 11
PHOTOS
Electrical parts box
Screw0
Photo 12
Reactors
Propeller
Reactor box
Electrical parts box
4-way valve
Reactor box
Photo 13
Separator
Valve bed
Screw1
Reactor box
100
Screw2
Loading...